WO2015180086A1 - Channel resource configuration method, hibernation control method, relevant device and network - Google Patents
Channel resource configuration method, hibernation control method, relevant device and network Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2015180086A1 WO2015180086A1 PCT/CN2014/078767 CN2014078767W WO2015180086A1 WO 2015180086 A1 WO2015180086 A1 WO 2015180086A1 CN 2014078767 W CN2014078767 W CN 2014078767W WO 2015180086 A1 WO2015180086 A1 WO 2015180086A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- frame
- target
- user equipment
- channel
- base station
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
- Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
- Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a channel resource configuration method, a sleep control method, a related device, and a network.
- M2M machine to machine, Internet of Things
- M2M refers to the use of communication technologies such as local networks or the Internet to connect sensors, controllers, machines, people and things in new ways to form a connection between people and things. , to achieve information, remote management control and intelligent network.
- M2M devices are ubiquitous and support process automation across multiple industries, including transportation, security, shipping, healthcare, finance, property management, utilities and construction.
- M2M devices operate on batteries or other limited energy sources, and are associated with components that are used to communicate over wireless communication links, such as radio frequency (RF) transceivers, power amplifiers, etc., M2M The device draws a lot of power.
- RF radio frequency
- the user equipment selects an available network when it is powered on, and registers with the network.
- the base station sends an indication or sends data to the user equipment that has been successfully registered.
- the user equipment registered in the network needs to be in the power-on state for maintaining communication with the base station for a long time, and only part of the time when the user equipment is in the power-on state is to communicate with the base station, but not with the base station.
- the user equipment maintains the power-on state during the communication time, which causes waste of power consumption.
- the embodiments of the present invention provide a channel resource configuration method, a sleep control method, a related device, and a network, which can effectively reduce power consumption of user equipment.
- a first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a channel resource configuration method, including:
- the base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel is used for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel; Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, where the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number in each frame of the common channel, and according to the pre- Setting rules such that the frame numbers in each frame respectively correspond to different locations of the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a target frame corresponding to the target location of the dedicated channel And determining, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where the dedicated scheduling channel is located The frame is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located.
- the method further includes:
- the base station sends the preset rule to the user equipment.
- the method further includes:
- the base station sets system information in each frame of the common channel
- the base station establishes a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first sequence number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second sequence number and the second sequence number used to indicate that the system information is unchanged. Corresponding relationship of indication information;
- the base station Determining, by the base station, that the frame that is changed by the system information is a first target frame, and setting the first sequence number in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the first frame
- the first indication information corresponding to the serial number
- the method further includes:
- the base station sets a synchronization signal in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines whether the user equipment is synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal.
- a second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a sleep control method, including:
- the user equipment determines that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state.
- the method further includes:
- the user equipment receives the preset rule sent by the base station.
- Determining, by the user equipment, a target location located on the dedicated channel includes:
- the user equipment determines its boot location on the dedicated channel
- the user equipment determines that the user equipment is synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal, the user determines that the booting location is the target location.
- the determining, by the user equipment, the target location located on the dedicated channel further includes:
- the user equipment determines that the user equipment is not synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal, the user equipment determines that the location where the clock synchronization is completed on the dedicated channel is an update position;
- the user equipment determines that the location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
- the method further includes:
- mapping table sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between a first serial number and first indication information used to indicate system information change, and a second serial number and a used to indicate that the system information is not Corresponding relationship of the changed second indication information;
- the user equipment determines that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the first sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, a location corresponding to the first sequence number. Describe the first indication information
- the user equipment parses the target system message.
- the user equipment determines that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment further includes:
- the user equipment determines that the target quantity is passed, the user equipment is automatically powered on; the user equipment determines a target data channel, the frame of the dedicated channel where the target data channel is located, and the target scheduling channel The same frame;
- the user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
- a third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a base station, including:
- a dividing unit configured to divide the downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel; a first setting unit, configured to set a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule, where the preset rule is the frame number of the base station in each frame of the common channel Numbering the numbering manner, and according to the preset rule, the frame numbers in each frame are respectively corresponding to different positions of the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a target corresponding to the target location of the dedicated channel.
- the frame is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located.
- the base station further includes:
- the first sending unit is configured to send the preset rule to the user equipment.
- the base station further includes:
- a second setting unit configured to set system information in each frame of the common channel
- an establishing unit configured to establish a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a first serial number and a first used to indicate the system information change Corresponding relationship of the indication information, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information for indicating that the system information is not changed;
- a second sending unit configured to send the mapping table to the user equipment
- a first determining unit configured to determine that the frame of the system information change is a first target frame, and set the first sequence number in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table The first indication information corresponding to the first serial number;
- a second determining unit configured to determine that the frame whose system information has not been changed is a second target frame, and set the second serial number in the second target frame, so that the user equipment determines by using the mapping table The second indication information corresponding to the second serial number.
- the base station further includes:
- a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
- a third determining unit configured to determine a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region, where the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
- a fourth determining unit configured to determine a target location located on the dedicated channel
- a fifth determining unit configured to determine a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is the base station in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule Set
- a sixth determining unit configured to determine, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target number; wherein, the preset The rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, and a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
- a seventh determining unit configured to: if it is determined that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state.
- the user equipment further includes:
- the first receiving unit is configured to receive the preset rule sent by the base station.
- the fourth determining unit includes:
- a first determining module configured to determine a booting position on the dedicated channel
- a second determining module configured to determine a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location, where the synchronization signal is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting location;
- a third determining module configured to determine, according to the synchronization signal, a clock synchronization between the user equipment and the base station, where the user determines that the booting location is the target location.
- the fourth determining unit further includes: a fourth determining module, configured to determine, when the user equipment is not synchronized with a clock of the base station, according to the synchronization signal, determine that a location for completing clock synchronization on the dedicated channel is an update location; Determining whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded;
- a sixth determining module configured to determine that the updated location is the target location, if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable;
- a seventh determining module configured to determine, if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is not decodable, determine that the location of the target frame number on the dedicated channel is The target location.
- the user equipment further includes:
- a second receiving unit configured to receive a mapping table sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate system information change, and the second serial number is used to indicate the Corresponding relationship of the second indication information whose system information has not been changed;
- An eighth determining unit configured to determine, by using the mapping table, the first serial number by using the mapping table, if it is determined that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the first serial number Corresponding said first indication information;
- a ninth determining unit configured to determine, according to the first indication information, a target system message change, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
- a tenth determining unit configured to parse the target system message.
- the user equipment further includes:
- An eleventh determining unit configured to automatically start the user equipment if it is determined that the target quantity is passed;
- a twelfth determining unit configured to determine a target data channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target data channel is located is the same as a frame where the target scheduling channel is located;
- a thirteenth determining unit configured to pass the target according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel
- the data channel transmits uplink data.
- the fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a communication network, including the base station according to any one of the third aspect of the present invention to the third implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, and the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
- the user equipment according to any one of the fifth implementation manners of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention.
- a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a base station, including a transmitter, a receiver, and a processor.
- the processor is configured to perform the following operations:
- the dedicated channel for transmitting data For dividing a downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel including a scheduling channel and a data channel; Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, where the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number in each frame of the common channel, and according to the pre- Setting a rule such that the frame number in each frame respectively corresponds to a different location of the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a target frame number corresponding to the target location of the dedicated channel, and according to the preset rule and Determining, by the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a frame where the target location is located The next frame.
- the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number in each frame of the common channel, and according to the pre- Setting a rule such that the frame
- the transmitter is configured to perform the following operations:
- the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
- mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second serial number and the second indication used to indicate that the system information is unchanged.
- the transmitter is further configured to perform the following operations:
- the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
- a frame for determining the system information change is a first target frame, and the first sequence number is set in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the first sequence number Corresponding said first indication information;
- the frame for determining that the system information is unchanged is a second target frame, and the second sequence number is set in the second target frame, so that the user equipment determines the second number by using the mapping table.
- the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
- a synchronization signal is set in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
- a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a user equipment, including a transmitter, a receiver, and a processor;
- the processor is configured to perform the following operations:
- Dedicated channel for determining a target carrier frequency region to be located; wherein the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
- a frame number for determining a common channel corresponding to the target location to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is set by the base station in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule;
- the preset rule is the public a frame number of the channel, where the frame of the dedicated channel on which the target scheduling channel is located is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located;
- the user equipment enters a sleep state.
- the receiver is further configured to perform the following operations: And configured to receive the preset rule sent by the base station.
- the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
- the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
- the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable, determining that the update location is the target location;
- the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location cannot be decoded, determining that a location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
- the receiver is configured to perform the following operations:
- mapping table that is sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second serial number is used to indicate that the system information is unchanged. Corresponding relationship of the second indication information;
- the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
- the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the identifier corresponding to the first sequence number.
- the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
- the user equipment For determining that the user equipment passes the target quantity, the user equipment is automatically powered on;
- a frame of the dedicated channel on which the target data channel is located is the same as a frame in which the target scheduling channel is located;
- Embodiments of the present invention provide a channel resource configuration method, a sleep control method, a related device, and a network, where a base station divides a downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel, and the base station performs each of the common channels according to a preset rule.
- the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame numbers located in each frame of the common channel.
- the user equipment determines the target frame number of the common channel corresponding to the target location on the dedicated channel by using the embodiment, and the user equipment determines that the target location distance is located between the target scheduling channels of the next dedicated channel frame.
- the target number of the common channel frame is a number of the common channel frame.
- the user equipment may wake up briefly and then wake up to receive scheduling information on the target scheduling channel located in the next dedicated channel frame. Thereby saving power consumption of the user equipment.
- FIG. 1 is a flow chart of steps of a method for configuring a channel resource according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a flow chart of another embodiment of a method for configuring a channel resource according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 3 is a flow chart of steps of a method for configuring a channel resource according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 4 is a flow chart of a method for performing a sleep control method according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 6 is a flow chart of another embodiment of a sleep control method according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of coverage of each carrier frequency region in a communication network according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- An embodiment of the present invention provides a channel resource configuration method, which is shown in Figure 1;
- the channel resource configuration method specifically includes:
- the base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel.
- the common channel enables mutual communication between the base station and the user equipment in the cellular network.
- the dedicated channel for transmitting data may be multiple, and the specific number is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
- the base station separately allocates the dedicated channel on multiple carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas;
- the base station may allocate one of the dedicated channels to a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas, or allocate a plurality of the dedicated channels on a carrier frequency region with the same coverage area, and how to allocate the specific channels in this embodiment. limited.
- the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel, and the base station sends scheduling information to the user equipment through the scheduling channel, and the user equipment sends the uplink data according to the indication of the scheduling information.
- the scheduling channel specifically includes a channel (UPCH) of uplink scheduling information and a channel (PDTCH) of downlink scheduling information.
- UPCH channel
- PDTCH channel
- the base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule.
- the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame numbers located in each frame of the common channel.
- the specific numbering manner of the preset rule is not limited in this embodiment, as long as different positions on the dedicated channel correspond to the frame number on the common channel.
- each frame of the common channel includes a synchronization signal for synchronizing the common channel and the dedicated channel, system information, and system information change for indicating whether the system information is changed. Indicates the information and the frame number of the frame.
- This embodiment does not limit the specific information and order in each frame on the common channel.
- the user equipment determines, as the target location, whether the location on the dedicated channel needs to be dormant, because the base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to the preset rule,
- the user equipment may determine a target frame number of the common channel corresponding to a target location of the dedicated channel, because the user equipment and the base station have previously agreed on a frame number in each frame of the common channel.
- the user equipment may determine, according to the preset rule, a target number of the common channel frame that is separated from a target scheduling channel located in a next dedicated channel frame by the target location.
- the frame of the dedicated channel on which the target scheduling channel is located is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located.
- the user equipment may determine whether it is necessary to perform a short sleep and then wake up to receive scheduling information on the target scheduling channel located on the next dedicated channel frame according to the target number.
- Determining, by the user equipment, whether to perform hibernation may be determined according to a preset threshold, for example, the user equipment determines the threshold to be 4, and if the user equipment determines that the target location is away from the next dedicated channel frame.
- the number of the common channel frames between the target scheduling channels is six, and the user equipment performs dormancy, and the specific sleep time passes through frames of six common channels, that is, after the frames of the six common channels.
- the user equipment wakes up to receive scheduling information on the target scheduling channel on the dedicated channel.
- the specific value of the threshold value for determining whether the user equipment needs to be dormant is not limited, and the threshold may also be determined by the base station, and the base station sends the determined threshold value to the system broadcast to the system. User equipment.
- the base station may divide the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel, and the base station separately allocates the dedicated channel on a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas, where the base station is in each of the common channels.
- the number determines whether it needs to sleep to receive the scheduling information on the next dedicated channel frame, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment.
- FIG. 1 illustrates the channel resource configuration method in detail.
- the format of the frame of the common channel is specifically described below in conjunction with the embodiment shown in FIG. 2:
- the base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel.
- the base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule. Steps 201 to 202 shown in FIG. 2 are the same as steps 101 to 102 shown in FIG. Let me repeat.
- the base station sends the preset rule to the user equipment.
- the specific manner in which the base station sends the preset rule to the user equipment in this embodiment is not limited, as long as the user equipment can receive the preset rule, for example, the base station can broadcast the system through the system. Preset rules are sent to the user equipment.
- the base station sets system information in each frame of the common channel.
- the system information defines information related to the base station, such as configuration of a common channel, idle mode mobility parameters, system acquisition information, and the like.
- the base station establishes a mapping table.
- the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first sequence number and the first indication information for indicating the system information change, and a correspondence between the second sequence number and the second indication information for indicating that the system information is not changed.
- the base station sends the mapping table to a user equipment.
- the base station may send the mapping table to the user equipment through a system broadcast, or may send the mapping table to the user equipment through the common channel.
- the user equipment can determine the indication information corresponding to the first serial number or the second serial number by using the mapping table, so that the user equipment can determine whether the system information is changed.
- the specific manner in which the base station notifies the user equipment that the system information is changed is that the base station sends a first sequence number for indicating the system information change to the user equipment or is used to indicate the The second sequence number of the system information is not changed, and the user equipment decodes the sequence number to determine whether the system information is changed, so that the user equipment does not need to decode complex indication information, thereby effectively reducing the complexity of the decoding process of the user equipment, thereby It is beneficial to reduce the cost of the user equipment, reduce the delay, and further reduce the power consumption of the user equipment.
- the user equipment parses the frame of the common channel changed by the system information, thereby reacquiring the changed system information, and then reacquiring the common channel of the system information change.
- the user equipment determines that the system information is not changed according to the second sequence, the user equipment does not need to parse the frame of the common channel whose system information has not been changed, so that the user equipment can determine whether it needs to be analyzed according to whether the system information changes or not.
- the system information avoids the waste of power consumption caused by repeated analysis of system information by the user equipment if the system information is not changed.
- the base station determines that the frame that is changed by the system information is a first target frame, and sets the first sequence number in the first target frame.
- the base station determines that the frame is the first target frame, and sets the first sequence number in the first target frame.
- the user equipment may determine the first indication information corresponding to the first sequence number by using the mapping table, so that the user equipment determines that the system information of the first target frame is changed.
- the base station determines that the frame whose system information is not changed is a second target frame, and sets the second sequence number in the second target frame.
- the base station determines that the system information in the frame of the common channel has not changed, the base station determines that the frame is the second target frame, and sets the second sequence number in the second target frame.
- the user equipment determines the second indication information corresponding to the second sequence number by using the mapping table, so that the user equipment determines that the system information of the second target frame is not changed.
- step 207 After the first sequence number is set by the base station in step 207 or the second sequence number is set by the base station in step 208, Then proceed to step 209;
- the base station sets a synchronization signal in each frame of the common channel.
- the synchronization signal is used to enable the user equipment to determine, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
- the frame number, the system information, the first sequence number or the second sequence number, and the synchronization signal arrangement sequence included in each frame of the common channel are not limited in this embodiment.
- the common channel in this embodiment may be one or more.
- the base station may be divided into two common channels, where the first common channel includes a frame number, system information, and a first sequence number or a second sequence number, and the second common channel Include a synchronization signal;
- the first common channel includes a frame number, a first sequence number or a second sequence number, and a synchronization signal
- the second common channel includes system information
- the number of common channels and the format of each common channel in this embodiment are not limited in this embodiment.
- the base station sets system information in each frame of the common channel, and establishes a mapping table for indicating whether the system information of the user equipment is changed, and the base station is in each frame of the common channel. And setting a synchronization signal, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
- the user equipment can receive the frame number, the system information, the first serial number or the second serial number, and the synchronization signal to obtain corresponding information, and the user equipment can analyze the serial number to determine whether the system information is changed, and no change is made. There is no need to parse the system information, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment.
- bit value occupied by the sequence number shown in this embodiment is only 3 bits, so the user equipment can quickly and accurately parse the sequence number, and the mapping table is used to determine the corresponding indication information, thereby reducing the user equipment.
- the complexity of the control signaling is analyzed, thereby reducing the cost of the user equipment, and effectively reducing the delay and reducing the power consumption.
- the mapping table may not only establish a correspondence between the first sequence number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second sequence number. Corresponding relationship between the indication information indicating the user equipment and the serial number may be established by using the mapping table, so that the user equipment can be parsed by the mapping table.
- the serial number can determine corresponding indication information, and the indication information The indication information for indicating whether the user equipment is successfully registered, the indication information for indicating whether the user equipment can send uplink data, and the indication information for indicating whether the current data channel of the user equipment is idle is Wait.
- FIG. 2 specifically describes the format of the frame of the common channel.
- the following describes how the channel resource configuration method provided in this embodiment implements wide coverage, as shown in FIG. 3;
- the underlying communication network based on different requirements of the Internet of Things may be different; for example, video surveillance services, his demand is large bandwidth, low latency Etc., it is possible to utilize existing cellular networks.
- the demand for meter reading applications is a low-cost, low-power communication network, for example, a zigbee network can be utilized.
- the base station determines a carrier frequency region.
- the carrier frequency region determined by the base station in the embodiment is: the coverage of the existing cellular network and the coverage of the enhanced cellular network. Scope
- the coverage of the enhanced cellular network is not limited with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network
- the base station according to this embodiment can determine the coverage of the enhanced cellular network, so that the embodiment can be applied to M2Ms with different requirements to achieve wide coverage and large capacity requirements.
- the coverage of the enhanced cellular network may include three areas;
- the coverage of the first carrier frequency region is enhanced relative to the coverage of existing cellular networks
- the coverage of the second carrier frequency region is enhanced relative to the coverage of existing cellular networks
- the coverage of the third carrier frequency region can be enhanced by 30 dB with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network
- the first carrier frequency region does not need to use spread spectrum as long as its coverage is relative to the existing cellular
- the coverage of the network can be enhanced by 10dB;
- the second carrier frequency region and the third carrier frequency region require a time domain spread spectrum method
- the manner of spreading in the present embodiment is not limited, as long as the carrier area of the wide coverage can be realized.
- the specific method of the spreading may be block spreading, symbol spreading or bit spreading.
- the base station can determine different carrier frequency regions according to the requirements of the specific application scenario of the M2M, and can also determine carrier frequency regions with different coverage ranges according to different application scenarios, thereby satisfying the requirements of different application scenarios and achieving a wide range. Coverage, high volume demand.
- the base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel.
- the specific number of dedicated channels allocated by the base station is not limited, but at least the carrier frequency regions of the coverage of the enhanced cellular network that the base station has determined correspond to the dedicated channel.
- the dedicated channel includes: a first dedicated channel, a second dedicated channel, and a third dedicated channel.
- the first dedicated channel corresponds to the first carrier frequency region, that is, the user equipment located in the first carrier frequency region determines scheduling information and a data channel for transmitting uplink data according to the first dedicated channel.
- the second dedicated channel corresponds to the second carrier frequency region, that is, the user equipment located in the second carrier frequency region determines scheduling information and a data channel for transmitting uplink data according to the second dedicated channel.
- the third dedicated channel corresponds to the third carrier frequency region, that is, the user equipment located in the third carrier frequency region determines scheduling information and a data channel for transmitting uplink data according to the third dedicated channel.
- each carrier frequency region is associated with a dedicated channel as an example.
- the specific carrier frequency region and the dedicated channel are not limited.
- multiple carrier frequency regions may correspond to the same dedicated channel.
- the base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule. For how the base station sets a frame number, see the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, in this embodiment. Without detailed description, since the base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel, any position on the first dedicated channel corresponds to a frame number of one frame of the common channel. Narrative Any position on the two dedicated channels corresponds to the frame number of one frame of one of the common channels.
- the base station sends the preset rule to the user equipment.
- the user equipment determines the first dedicated channel, and may determine an arbitrary location on the first dedicated channel, and determine the The current frame in which the location is located, and the scheduling channel on the frame of the next first dedicated channel relative to the current frame is determined to determine the number of frames separating the common channel between the arbitrary location and the scheduling channel.
- the user equipment determines whether the user equipment located on the normal carrier frequency area is dormant according to the determined number of frames of the common channel to save power consumption.
- the base station sets system information in each frame of the common channel.
- the base station establishes a mapping table.
- the base station sends the mapping table to a user equipment.
- the base station determines that the frame changed by the system information is a first target frame, and sets the first sequence number in the first target frame.
- the base station determines that the frame whose system information is not changed is a second target frame, and sets the second sequence number in the second target frame.
- the base station sets a synchronization signal in each frame of the common channel.
- the steps 304 to 310 in this embodiment are the same as the steps 203 to 209 shown in FIG. 2, and are not limited in this embodiment.
- the base station can determine the carrier frequency range with different coverage according to the requirements of the M2M, thereby increasing the coverage of the cellular network, meeting the requirements of different M2M application scenarios, and being in the existing cellular network. Based on the spectrum resource, block spread spectrum, symbol spread spectrum or bit spread spectrum is used. This embodiment can share the antenna feeder and radio frequency device of the existing cellular network, thereby saving cost. And the user equipment in the carrier frequency region located in different coverage areas can determine that a frame of several common channels is separated from the next scheduling channel by any position on the dedicated channel corresponding to the carrier frequency region, so as to determine Whether to sleep or not to save power.
- FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 illustrates the channel resource configuration method from the base station side.
- the following describes the user equipment how to implement the sleep control method in conjunction with the embodiment shown in FIG. 4:
- the user equipment determines a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region where the user equipment is located;
- the base station can determine each carrier frequency region according to the requirements of the specific application scenario of the M2M, and then the user equipment first determines that the carrier frequency region in which it is located is the target carrier frequency region.
- the user equipment determines that it is located in the first carrier frequency region that does not need to be spread, the user equipment determines that the first carrier frequency region is the target carrier frequency region.
- the user equipment determines that it is located in the second carrier frequency region that needs to be spread. If the user equipment determines that it is located in the second carrier frequency region that needs to be spread, the user equipment determines that the second carrier frequency region is the target carrier frequency region.
- the user equipment After determining, by the user equipment, the target carrier frequency region, the user equipment further determines a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region;
- the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel.
- the specific format of the dedicated channel is shown in the embodiment shown in FIG.
- the user equipment determines a target location located on the dedicated channel.
- the user equipment determines that the location on the dedicated channel that needs to determine whether to sleep is the target location.
- the user equipment determines a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number.
- any position on the dedicated channel corresponds to a frame number on the common channel, and the user equipment can determine the target frame number corresponding to the target location.
- the frame number is set in the frame of the common channel by the base station according to a preset rule. For details, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, which is not described in this embodiment.
- the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target quantity.
- the preset rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel
- a frame of the dedicated channel on which the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
- the user equipment can determine, according to the preset rule, a frame that is located between any of the locations on the dedicated channel and the next scheduling channel. 405, the user equipment determines whether the target number is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, if yes, proceed to step 406, and if not, proceed to step 407;
- the threshold may be set by the user equipment according to the needs of the user equipment, and may be determined by the base station, and the base station sends the determined threshold to the user equipment by using the system broadcast.
- the specific sending manner and the generating manner of the threshold are not limited.
- the user equipment determines that the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel of the next dedicated channel frame is two, the user equipment does not sleep.
- the user equipment enters a sleep state.
- the user equipment performs sleep, and the specific sleep time is waking up after the frame length of the target number of common channels to receive scheduling information on the target scheduling channel on the dedicated channel.
- the user equipment determines the threshold to be 4, and if the user equipment can determine the number of the common channel frames if the target location is separated from the target scheduling channel of the next dedicated channel frame. If the number is 6, the user equipment is dormant, and the specific sleep time passes through frames of 6 common channels, that is, after the frames of 6 common channels, the user equipment wakes up to receive the target scheduling channel on the dedicated channel. Scheduling information on.
- the user equipment does not enter a sleep state.
- the user equipment may determine that the number of the common channel frames if the target location is separated from the target scheduling channel of the next dedicated channel frame is 2, the user equipment does not sleep.
- the user equipment can determine a frame number corresponding to a different location on the dedicated channel, and the user equipment can determine, according to the frame number, a target number of the common channel frame that is spaced between the target location and the target scheduling channel, and It can be determined whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold. If yes, the user equipment sleeps to save power consumption. If not, the user equipment does not need to perform sleep.
- FIG. 4 details how the user equipment implements the sleep control method.
- FIG. 5 describes how the user equipment determines the target location:
- the user equipment determines a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region where the user equipment is located;
- the step 501 in the embodiment is the same as the step 401 shown in FIG. 4, and is not described in this embodiment.
- the user equipment receives the preset rule sent by the base station.
- the user equipment may receive the preset rule sent by the base station by using a system broadcast.
- the user equipment determines a booting location on the dedicated channel.
- the user equipment determines a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location, a synchronization signal of the dedicated channel synchronization, system information, system information change indication information used to indicate whether the system information is changed, and a frame number of the frame.
- the user equipment may determine a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting location, and parse the synchronization signal in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting location, that is, the synchronization signal is located at a location The frame of the common channel corresponding to the boot position.
- the user equipment determines whether its power-on position is synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal.
- the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment and the base station are clock synchronized, if yes, proceed to step 506, and if not, proceed to step 507;
- the user determines that the booting location is the target location.
- the user equipment determines that a location for completing clock synchronization on the dedicated channel is an update location.
- the user equipment determines whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded; if yes, proceed to step 509, and if not, proceed to step 510;
- the user equipment determines that the update location is the target location.
- the user equipment determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded, it determines that the current update location is the target location.
- the user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel, until the user equipment can decode the target frame number.
- the user equipment If the user equipment cannot decode the target frame number corresponding to the update location, the user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel until the signal strength is accumulated to a certain extent, so that the user equipment can decode the The target frame number is described. 511. The user equipment determines that a location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
- the user equipment determines a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number.
- the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames that are separated between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target quantity.
- the user equipment determines whether the target number is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, and if so, proceed to step 515, and if not, proceed to step 516;
- the user equipment enters a sleep state.
- the user equipment does not enter a sleep state.
- the steps 512 to 516 shown in this embodiment are the same as the steps 403 to 407 shown in FIG. 4, and are not described in this embodiment.
- FIG. 5 illustrates how the user equipment determines the target location.
- FIG. 6 illustrates how to further reduce the power consumption of the user equipment:
- the user equipment determines a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region where the user equipment is located;
- the user equipment receives the preset rule sent by the base station.
- the user equipment determines a booting location on the dedicated channel.
- the user equipment determines a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location.
- steps 601 to 604 shown in this embodiment are the same as the processes from step 501 to step 504 shown in FIG. 5, and are not described in this embodiment.
- the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, that the user equipment is not synchronized with the clock of the base station, and the user equipment determines that a location for completing clock synchronization on the dedicated channel is an update position.
- the user equipment and the base station clock are not synchronized as an example
- the user equipment receives a mapping table sent by the base station.
- the mapping table includes a correspondence relationship between the first serial number and the first indication information for indicating system information change, and a correspondence relationship between the second serial number and the second indication information for indicating that the system information is not changed;
- the system information defines configurations such as common channels, idle mode mobility parameters, The system captures information such as information related to the base station.
- the user equipment can receive the mapping table via a system broadcast or control channel.
- the user equipment determines that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the first sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, that the number is corresponding to the first sequence number.
- the first indication information
- the user equipment determines, according to the first indication information, a target system message change, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
- the user equipment parses the target system message.
- the user equipment determines that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the second sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, that the second sequence number is corresponding to the second sequence number.
- the second indication information
- the user equipment determines that the target system message is not changed according to the second indication information, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
- the user equipment determines whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded; if yes, proceed to step 613, and if not, proceed to step 614;
- the user equipment determines that the update location is the target location.
- the user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel, until the user equipment can decode the target frame number.
- the user equipment determines that a location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
- the target location is determined by step 613 or step 615, and then step 616 is performed. 616.
- the user equipment determines a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number.
- the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target quantity.
- the user equipment determines whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, and if yes, Then proceed to step 619, if not, proceed to step 621;
- the user equipment enters a sleep state.
- the user equipment determines that the target quantity is passed, the user equipment is automatically powered on; that is, the user equipment automatically starts up after receiving the frame of the target number of common channels.
- the user equipment does not enter a sleep state.
- the user equipment determines a target data channel.
- a frame of the dedicated channel on which the target data channel is located is the same as a frame in which the target scheduling channel is located;
- the user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
- the user equipment can decode the sequence number to determine whether the system information is changed, so that the user equipment does not need to decode complex indication information, thereby effectively reducing the complexity of the user equipment decoding process, thereby reducing the user.
- the cost of the device reduces latency and further reduces the power consumption of the user equipment.
- the user equipment parses the frame of the common channel changed by the system information, thereby reacquiring the changed system information, and reacquiring the common channel of the system information change.
- the user equipment determines that the system information is not changed according to the second sequence, the user equipment does not need to parse the frame of the common channel whose system information has not been changed, so that the user equipment can determine whether to analyze the system according to whether the system information changes or not.
- the information avoids the waste of power consumption caused by repeated analysis of system information by the user equipment if the system information is not changed.
- the application scenario is applied to the spectrum resource of the cellular network, and the communication network of the existing cellular network is designed to realize a wide coverage communication network, and the communication network provided by the application scenario capable of achieving wide coverage can share the existing cellular network.
- Antenna and RF devices thus achieving lower costs;
- the communication network provided based on the application scenario can be applied to different M2Ms.
- the coverage area indicated by reference numeral 701 is an existing cellular network. Coverage of the network;
- the coverage area indicated by reference numeral 702 is the first carrier frequency region without spreading
- the coverage of the first carrier frequency region can be enhanced relative to the coverage of an existing cellular network
- the coverage area indicated by reference numeral 703 is a second carrier frequency region
- the coverage of the second carrier frequency region can be increased by 20 dB with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network
- the coverage area indicated by reference numeral 704 is a third carrier frequency region
- the coverage of the third carrier frequency region can be increased by 30 dB with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network
- the second coverage area and the third coverage area are in a time domain spreading manner; wherein the specific manner of spreading the second coverage area and the third coverage area may be block spreading, symbol spreading, or Bit spread spectrum
- the base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel CCH and a dedicated channel DCH;
- the number of the common channel CCHs may be one, and each frame of the common channel CCH includes, but is not limited to, a synchronization signal, system information change indication information, or system information, used to indicate whether the system information is changed. And the frame number of the frame;
- the synchronization signal, the system information change indication information for indicating whether the system information is changed, the system information, and the context of the frame number of the frame are only an example, and the specific order may be arbitrary;
- the number of the common channel CCH may be two, and the synchronization signal is set on each frame of the first common channel CCH; the system information change indication information and system are set on each frame of the second common channel CCH Information and the frame number of the frame;
- the number of the common channel CCH is described by way of example, and the specific number is not limited, and the information on each frame of each common channel CCH is not limited, as long as the dedicated channel DCH is anywhere. Both can correspond to frames on the common channel CCH.
- the common channel CCH is described by taking one example as an example
- the specific number of dedicated channels DCH divided by the base station is not limited; the divided dedicated channels DCH may be corresponding to different coverage areas, and one dedicated channel may also be made. DCH corresponds to a coverage area;
- the base station may allocate one of the dedicated channels to a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage ranges, or allocate a plurality of the dedicated channels on a carrier frequency region with the same coverage area, how to allocate in the embodiment. Not limited.
- the dedicated channel DCH includes DCH1, DCH2, and DCH3.
- the DCH1 corresponds to the first coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the first coverage area sends uplink data through DCH1.
- the DCH2 corresponds to the second coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the second coverage area sends uplink data through the DCH2.
- the DCH3 corresponds to the third coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the third coverage area passes
- DCH3 sends uplink data
- each of DCH1, DCH2, and DCH3 carries three types of channels, that is, a channel including uplink scheduling information (PUTCH), a channel for downlink scheduling information (PDTCH), and a data channel;
- PUTCH uplink scheduling information
- PDTCH downlink scheduling information
- data channel a data channel
- the frame length of DCH1 is 8 times longer than the CCH frame length, and each frame length of DCH1 is 100 ms.
- the channel indicated by the label 801 in one frame of the DCH1 is the PUTCH
- the channel indicated by the label 802 is the channel data channel indicated by the PDTCH and the label 803;
- the frame length of DCH2 is 8 times of the frame length of DCH1, and the frame length of DCH2 is 8*100 ms;
- the channel indicated by reference numeral 804 in one frame of DCH2 is the PUTCH, and the channel indicated by reference numeral 805 is a channel data channel indicated by PDTCH and reference numeral 806;
- the frame length of DCH3 is 8 times of the frame length of DCH2, and the frame length of DCH2 is 64*100 ms.
- the channel indicated by reference numeral 807 in one frame of DCH3 is the PUTCH, and the channel indicated by reference numeral 808 is PDTCH.
- the base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel (a frame indicated by reference numeral 801 shown in FIG. 8) according to a preset rule;
- the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number located in each frame of the common channel;
- three frame numbers are set in each frame of the common channel, the first frame number corresponds to the first coverage area, the second frame number corresponds to the second coverage area, and the third frame number With the third The cover area corresponds;
- the frame number of the base station on the first frame of the CCH is 0/0/0 according to the preset rule, and the frame number on the next CCH frame is 1/0/0. 7/0/0; the frame number on the ninth CCH frame is 0/1/0 until the frame number on the 512th CCH frame is 7/7/7;
- the first frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH1, so that the locations on different DCH1s correspond to the first frame numbers on different CCH frames;
- the second frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH2, so that the locations on different DCH2s correspond to the second frame numbers on different CCH frames;
- the third frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH3, so that the positions on different DCH3s correspond to the third frame numbers on different CCH frames;
- each CCH frame further includes: the system information, a sequence number for indicating whether the system information is changed, a synchronization signal, and a frame number; wherein, the context is only an example;
- the frame of the CCH may also include two frame numbers, where the first frame number corresponds to the second coverage area, and the second frame number corresponds to the third coverage area.
- the user equipment located in the first coverage area determines that it is located in the first coverage area that does not need to be spread, and then starts to try to receive scheduling information. Without dormancy, the base station does not need to allocate a frame number with the first coverage area;
- the base station is configured to allocate a frame number to the first coverage area as an example.
- the base station establishes a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a first serial number and first indication information used to indicate that the system information is changed. Correspondence relationship, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information for indicating that the system information is not changed;
- the user equipment When the user equipment is powered on, the user equipment needs to determine the carrier frequency region in which it is located;
- the user equipment obtains a correlation peak in a CCH frame for a long time, and if the correlation peak exceeds a certain threshold, the user equipment considers that it is located in the first coverage area;
- the user equipment will receive multiple consecutively (from the second
- the CCH frame starts up to the 8th CCH frame.
- the data in the CCH frame is merged for a long time and then correlated to obtain a correlation peak.
- the user equipment determines to be located in the second coverage area
- the CCH frame performs the same operation after the data for a long time. If the threshold is exceeded, the user equipment considers itself to be in the third coverage area. Otherwise, it is considered No network exists;
- the user equipment determines a dedicated channel DCH1 corresponding to the first coverage area
- the user equipment determines its boot position on DCH1;
- the user equipment determines a frame of the CCH corresponding to the boot position on the DCH1; the user equipment determines whether the boot position on the DCH1 is related to the base station according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the boot position on the DCH1.
- Clock synchronization
- the user equipment determines that the power-on position on the DCH1 is synchronized with the base station clock according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the power-on position on the DCH1.
- the user equipment determines that the power-on is on the DCH1.
- the location is the target location;
- the user equipment determines that the first sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1 as an example
- the user equipment determines, according to the mapping table, an indication system corresponding to the first sequence number. First indication information of information change;
- the user equipment parses the target system message; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1 is 4/0/0;
- the user equipment receives the preset rule that is sent by the base station by using the system broadcast, and the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the first frame of the DCH1 is 0. /0/0, the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the second frame of DCH1 is 0/1/0 and so on;
- the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1 is 4/0/0, and the user equipment determines that the target location is located on the DCH1.
- the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel on the second frame on the DCH1 is 0/1/0;
- the user equipment determines, according to the frame number 0/1/0 and the frame number 4/0/0, that the target number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel is 4 CCH frames;
- the frame on the DCH1 of the target scheduling channel is the next frame of the frame where the target location is located on the DCH1;
- the user equipment determines whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold
- the preset threshold may be 4, because the target number in the application scenario is equal to the preset threshold, the user equipment determines to enter a sleep state;
- the user equipment determines the duration of the four CCH frames, the user equipment is automatically powered on; that is, in the application scenario, the user equipment automatically turns on the target data channel; wherein the target data channel is located
- the frame of the dedicated channel is the same as the frame in which the target scheduling channel is located;
- the target data channel and the target scheduling channel are located on a second frame of the DCH1;
- the user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
- the user equipment determines a second dedicated channel DCH2 corresponding to the second coverage area
- the user equipment determines its boot position on the DCH 2; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines a frame of the CCH corresponding to the boot position on the DCH 2; the user equipment determines whether the boot position on the DCH 2 is related to the base station according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the boot position on the DCH 2 Clock synchronization;
- the user equipment determines that the power-on location on the DCH2 is not synchronized with the base station clock according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the power-on position on the DCH2; the user equipment determines that the The location where the clock synchronization is completed on the two dedicated channels is the update location;
- the user equipment determines that the second sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the update location on the DCH2.
- the user equipment determines, according to the mapping table, a system for indicating the system corresponding to the second sequence number, because the user equipment determines that the second sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the update location on the DCH2. Second indication information of the information change;
- the user equipment does not need to parse the system message
- the frame number of the CCH is 0/5/0, because the second frame number of several frame numbers preceding the frame number 0/5/0 is 4, 3, 2, 1...; frame number 0/5/
- the second frame number in the following several frame numbers is 6, 7;
- the second frame number of the several frame numbers preceding the frame number 0/5/0 is different from the second frame number of the subsequent frame numbers, the signal strength is insufficient, and the user equipment cannot decode the Updating the target frame number corresponding to the location;
- the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the boot position is 2/0/0
- the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the update position is 5/0/0, that is, the number in front of the frame number 5/0/0.
- the second frame number of the frame numbers is the same as the second frame number of the subsequent frame numbers (all 0), and the user equipment can decode the target frame number corresponding to the update position;
- the user equipment determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location cannot be decoded as an example: The user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel until the user equipment can decode the target frame number;
- the user equipment determines that the location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
- the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH2 is 7/1/0;
- the user equipment receives the preset rule that is sent by the base station by using the system broadcast, and the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the first frame of the DCH2 is 0. /0/0, the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the second frame of DCH2 is 0/0/1 and so on;
- the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH2 is 7/1/0, and the user equipment determines that the target location is located on the DCH2.
- the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel on the second frame on the DCH2 is 0/0/1;
- the user equipment determines, according to the frame number 7/1/0 and the frame number 0/0/1, the target number of the common channel frame between the target location and the target scheduling channel;
- the frame on the DCH2 of the target scheduling channel is the next frame of the frame where the target location is located on the DCH2;
- the user equipment determines that the number of the target is smaller than the preset threshold. In the application scenario, if the target quantity is smaller than the preset threshold, the user is used. The device does not need to sleep.
- the user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
- the base station specifically includes:
- the dividing unit 901 is configured to divide the downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel is used for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel includes scheduling Channel and data channel;
- the dedicated channel for transmitting data may be multiple, and the specific number is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
- the base station separately allocates the dedicated channel on multiple carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas;
- the base station may allocate one of the dedicated channels to a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas, or allocate a plurality of the dedicated channels on a carrier frequency region with the same coverage area, and how to allocate the specific channels in this embodiment. limited.
- the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel, and the base station sends scheduling information to the user equipment through the scheduling channel, and the user equipment sends the uplink data according to the indication of the scheduling information.
- a first setting unit 902 configured to set a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule, where the preset rule is that the base station is in the frame located in each frame of the common channel No. numbering mode, and the frame numbers in each frame are respectively corresponding to different positions of the dedicated channel according to the preset rule, so that the user equipment can determine the target position corresponding to the dedicated channel.
- a target frame number and determining, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where the dedicated scheduling channel is located
- the frame of the channel is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located.
- the dividing unit 901 may divide the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel, and the base station separately allocates the dedicated channel on a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage ranges
- the first setting unit 902 is configured by Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, and respectively establishing a correspondence between the frame number and different positions on the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a frame number corresponding to a different location on the dedicated channel, so that the user The device can determine whether it needs to sleep to receive the scheduling information on the next dedicated channel frame according to the frame number, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment.
- the specific structure of the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9.
- the specific structure of the base station capable of dividing the common channel is described below with reference to the embodiment shown in FIG.
- the base station includes:
- the dividing unit 1001 is configured to divide the downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel is used for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel includes Degree channel and data channel;
- a first setting unit 1002 configured to set a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule, where the preset rule is that the base station is in the frame located in each frame of the common channel No. numbering mode, and the frame numbers in each frame are respectively corresponding to different positions of the dedicated channel according to the preset rule, so that the user equipment can determine the target position corresponding to the dedicated channel.
- a target frame number and determining, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where the dedicated scheduling channel is located
- the frame of the channel is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located;
- a first sending unit 1003, configured to send the preset rule to the user equipment; a second setting unit 1004, configured to set system information in each frame of the common channel; and an establishing unit 1005, configured to establish a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information used to indicate that the system information is not changed.
- the second sending unit 1006 is configured to send the mapping table to the user equipment.
- a first determining unit 1007 configured to determine that the frame of the system information change is a first target frame, and set the first sequence number in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines by using the mapping table The first indication information corresponding to the first serial number;
- a second determining unit 1008 configured to determine that the frame whose system information is not changed is a second target frame, and set the second serial number in the second target frame, so that the user equipment passes the mapping table Determining the second indication information corresponding to the second serial number;
- the third setting unit 1009 is configured to set a synchronization signal in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
- the second setting unit 1004 sets system information in each frame of the common channel
- the establishing unit 1005 establishes a mapping table for indicating whether the system information of the user equipment is changed
- the third setting unit 1009 is A synchronization signal is set in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
- the user equipment can receive the frame number, the system information, the first serial number or the second serial number, and the synchronization signal to obtain the corresponding information, and the user equipment resolves the serial number to determine whether the system information is sent.
- the change of the user without change, does not need to analyze the system information, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment.
- the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 10 illustrates a specific structure of a base station that can implement channel resource configuration. The specific structure of the user equipment that can automatically perform sleep to save power is described in detail below with reference to the embodiment shown in FIG.
- the user equipment specifically includes:
- a third determining unit 1101 configured to determine a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region, where the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
- a fourth determining unit 1102 configured to determine a target location on the dedicated channel;
- a fifth determining unit 1103, configured to determine a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where The frame number is set by the base station in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule;
- a sixth determining unit 1104 configured to determine, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target number;
- Setting a rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
- the seventh determining unit 1105 is configured to: if it is determined that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state.
- the fifth determining unit 1103 can determine a frame number corresponding to a different location on the dedicated channel, and the sixth determining unit 1104 can determine the common channel between the target location and the target scheduling channel according to the frame number.
- the target number of frames if the seventh determining unit 1105 determines that the target number is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, then performs sleep to save power consumption.
- Fig. 11 details the specific structure of the user equipment that can automatically perform sleep to save power.
- the specific structure of the user equipment that can determine the target location is described below with reference to the embodiment shown in Fig. 12:
- the user equipment specifically includes:
- a third determining unit 1201, configured to determine a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region, where the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
- the first receiving unit 1202 is configured to receive the preset rule sent by the base station.
- a fourth determining unit 1203 configured to determine a target location located on the dedicated channel; a fifth determining unit 1204, configured to determine a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is each frame of the common channel of the base station according to a preset rule Set in
- a sixth determining unit 1205, configured to determine, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target number;
- Setting a rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
- the seventh determining unit 1206 is configured to: if it is determined that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state;
- the fourth determining unit 1203 specifically includes:
- a first determining module 12031 configured to determine a booting position on the dedicated channel
- a second determining module 12032 configured to determine a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location, where the synchronization signal is located corresponding to the booting location In the frame of the common channel
- a third determining module 12033 configured to determine, according to the synchronization signal, that the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station, where the user determines that the booting location is the target location;
- a fourth determining module 12034 configured to determine, when the user equipment is not synchronized with the clock of the base station, according to the synchronization signal, determine that a location for completing clock synchronization on the dedicated channel is an update position;
- a fifth determining module 12035 configured to determine whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable
- the sixth determining module 12036 is configured to: if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable, determine that the updated location is the target location;
- a seventh determining module 12037 configured to determine, when the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is not decritable, determine a location where the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel Is the target location.
- FIG. 12 illustrates a specific structure of a user equipment that can determine the target location:
- the specific structure of the user equipment that further reduces power consumption is described below in conjunction with the embodiment shown in FIG.
- the user equipment specifically includes
- a third determining unit 1301, configured to determine a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region;
- the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
- the first receiving unit 1302 is configured to receive the preset rule sent by the base station;
- the second receiving unit 1304 is configured to receive a mapping table sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a first serial number and is used to indicate system information. Corresponding relationship between the changed first indication information, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information for indicating that the system information is not changed;
- the eighth determining unit 1305 is configured to determine, by using the mapping table, the first number by using the mapping table, if the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is determined to be the first sequence number.
- the eighth determining unit 1305 is further configured to: if it is determined that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the second sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, The second indication information corresponding to the second serial number;
- a ninth determining unit 1306, configured to determine, according to the first indication information, a target system message change, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
- the ninth determining unit 1306 is further configured to: determine, according to the second indication information, that the target system message is not changed, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
- a tenth determining unit 1307 configured to parse the target system message
- a fifth determining unit 1308, configured to determine a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is each frame of the common channel of the base station according to a preset rule Set in
- a sixth determining unit 1309 configured to determine, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target number;
- Setting a rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
- the seventh determining unit 1310 is configured to: if it is determined that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state;
- the eleventh determining unit 1311 is configured to: if it is determined that the target quantity is passed, the user equipment is automatically powered on; a twelfth determining unit 1312, configured to determine a target data channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target data channel is located is the same as a frame where the target scheduling channel is located;
- the thirteenth determining unit 1313 is configured to send uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
- the fourth determining unit 1303 specifically includes:
- a first determining module 13031 configured to determine a booting position on the dedicated channel
- a second determining module 13032 configured to determine a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location, where the synchronization signal is located corresponding to the booting location In the frame of the common channel
- a third determining module 13033 configured to determine, according to the synchronization signal, that the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station, where the user determines that the booting location is the target location;
- the fourth determining module 13034 is configured to determine, when the user equipment is not synchronized with the clock of the base station, according to the synchronization signal, determine that the location where the clock synchronization is completed on the dedicated channel is an update position;
- a fifth determining module 13035 configured to determine whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable
- the sixth determining module 13036 is configured to determine, if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable, determine the updated location as the target location;
- the seventh determining module 13037 is configured to determine, if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is not decritable, determine a location where the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel. Is the target location.
- the eighth determining unit 1305 can decode the sequence number to enable the ninth determining unit 1306 to determine whether the system information is changed, so that the user equipment does not need to decode complex indication information, thereby effectively reducing the number.
- the complexity of the user equipment decoding process is beneficial to reducing the cost of the user equipment, reducing the delay, and further reducing the power consumption of the user equipment.
- the eighth determining unit 1305 determines the system information change according to the first sequence number
- the tenth determining unit 1307 parses the frame of the common channel in which the system information is changed, thereby reacquiring the changed system information, and reacquiring the system.
- Information about the base station on the frame of the common channel of the information change, idle mode mobility parameter, system acquisition information, and the like.
- the eighth determining unit 1305 determines that the system information is not changed according to the second sequence number, the user equipment does not need to analyze that the system information has not changed.
- the frame of the common channel so that the user equipment can determine whether to analyze the system information according to the specific situation of whether the system information changes, and avoid the waste of power consumption caused by the user equipment repeatedly analyzing the system information if the system information is not changed. .
- the invention also provides a communication network, the communication communication network comprising:
- the application scenario is applied to the spectrum resource of the cellular network, and the communication network of the existing cellular network is designed to realize a wide coverage communication network, and the communication network provided by the application scenario capable of achieving wide coverage can share the existing cellular Network antennas and RF devices, thus achieving lower costs;
- the communication network provided by the application scenario can be applied to M2Ms with different requirements; in this application scenario, as shown in FIG. 7, the coverage area indicated by reference numeral 701 is the coverage of the existing cellular network;
- the coverage area indicated by reference numeral 702 is the first carrier frequency region without spreading
- the coverage of the first carrier frequency region can be enhanced relative to the coverage of an existing cellular network
- the coverage area indicated by reference numeral 703 is a second carrier frequency region
- the coverage of the second carrier frequency region can be increased by 20 dB with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network
- the coverage area indicated by reference numeral 704 is a third carrier frequency region
- the coverage of the third carrier frequency region can be increased by 30 dB with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network
- the second coverage area and the third coverage area use a time domain spreading manner
- the specific manner of spreading the second coverage area and the third coverage area may be block spreading, symbol spreading or bit spreading;
- the dividing unit 1001 of the base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel CCH and a dedicated channel DCH; wherein the number of the common channel CCHs may be one, and each frame of the common channel CCH includes but is not limited to a synchronization signal, System information change indication information, system information, and a frame number of the frame indicating whether the system information has changed;
- the synchronization signal, the system information change indication information for indicating whether the system information is changed, the system information, and the context of the frame number of the frame are only an example, and the specific order may be arbitrary;
- the number of the common channel CCH may be two, and the synchronization signal is set on each frame of the first common channel CCH; the system information change indication information and system are set on each frame of the second common channel CCH Information and the frame number of the frame;
- the number of the common channel CCH is described by way of example, and the specific number is not limited, and the information on each frame of each common channel CCH is not limited, as long as the dedicated channel DCH is anywhere. Both can correspond to frames on the common channel CCH.
- the common channel CCH is described by taking one example as an example
- the specific number of dedicated channels DCH divided by the dividing unit 1001 of the base station is not limited; the divided dedicated channels DCH may be corresponding to different coverage areas, and one dedicated channel DCH may be corresponding to one coverage area;
- the dividing unit 1001 of the base station may allocate one dedicated channel to each of a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage ranges, or allocate a plurality of the dedicated channels on a carrier frequency region with the same coverage area, how to allocate This embodiment is not limited.
- the dedicated channel DCH includes DCH1, DCH2, and DCH3.
- the DCH1 corresponds to the first coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the first coverage area sends uplink data through DCH1.
- the DCH2 corresponds to the second coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the second coverage area passes
- DCH2 sends uplink data
- the DCH3 corresponds to the third coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the third coverage area sends uplink data through the DCH3.
- each of DCH1, DCH2, and DCH3 carries three types of channels, that is, a channel including uplink scheduling information (PUTCH), a channel for downlink scheduling information (PDTCH), and a data channel;
- PUTCH uplink scheduling information
- PDTCH downlink scheduling information
- data channel a data channel
- the frame length of DCH1 is 8 times longer than the CCH frame length, and each frame length of DCH1 is 100 ms.
- the channel indicated by the numeral 801 in one frame of the DCH1 is the PUTCH, and the channel indicated by the numeral 802 is the channel data channel indicated by the PDTCH and the label 803;
- the frame length of DCH2 is 8 times of the frame length of DCH1, and the frame length of DCH2 is 8*100 ms;
- the channel indicated by reference numeral 804 in one frame of DCH2 is the PUTCH, and the channel indicated by reference numeral 805 is a channel data channel indicated by PDTCH and reference numeral 806;
- the frame length of DCH3 is 8 times of the frame length of DCH2, and the frame length of DCH2 is 64*100 ms.
- the channel indicated by reference numeral 807 in one frame of DCH3 is the PUTCH, and the channel indicated by reference numeral 808 is PDTCH.
- the first setting unit 1002 of the base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel (frame indicated by reference numeral 801 shown in FIG. 8) according to a preset rule;
- the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the first setting unit 1002 of the base station numbers the frame numbers located in each frame of the common channel;
- three frame numbers are set in each frame of the common channel, the first frame number corresponds to the first coverage area, the second frame number corresponds to the second coverage area, and the third frame number Corresponding to the third coverage area;
- the first setting unit 1002 of the base station has three frame numbers on the first frame of the CCH as 0/0/0, and the frame number on the next CCH frame is 1/0/0.
- the frame number on each frame is
- the frame number on the ninth CCH frame is 0/1/0 until the frame number on the 512th CCH frame is
- the first frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH1, so that the locations on different DCH1s correspond to the first frame numbers on different CCH frames;
- the second frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH2, so that the locations on different DCH2s correspond to the second frame numbers on different CCH frames;
- the third frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH3, so that the positions on different DCH3s correspond to the third frame numbers on different CCH frames;
- the first sending unit 1003 of the base station sends the preset rule that has been determined to the user equipment by using a system broadcast, so that the first receiving unit 1302 of the user equipment receives the preset rule and determines the a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame numbers located in each frame of the common channel;
- each CCH frame further includes: the system information, a sequence number used to indicate whether the system information is changed, a synchronization signal, and a frame number; wherein, the context is only an example;
- the frame of the CCH may also include two frame numbers, where the first frame number corresponds to the second coverage area, and the second frame number corresponds to the third coverage area.
- the user equipment located in the first coverage area determines that it is located in the first coverage area that does not need to be spread, and then starts to try to receive scheduling information. Without dormancy, the base station does not need to allocate a frame number with the first coverage area;
- the base station is configured to allocate a frame number to the first coverage area as an example.
- the base station establishing unit 1005 establishes a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a first serial number and is used to indicate that the system information is changed. Corresponding relationship between the first indication information, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information used to indicate that the system information is not changed;
- the second sending unit 1006 of the base station sends the mapping table to the user equipment by using a system broadcast or a CCH;
- the first determining unit 1007 of the base station determines that the frame changed by the system information is a first target frame, and sets the first serial number in the first target frame;
- the second determining unit 1008 of the base station determines that the frame whose system information has not been changed is the second target frame, and sets the second serial number in the second target frame;
- the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment needs to determine the carrier frequency region in which it is located;
- the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment obtains a correlation peak in a CCH frame for a long time, and if the correlation peak exceeds a certain threshold, the user equipment considers that it is located in the first coverage area;
- the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment continuously receives multiple (up to the 8th CCH frame from the 2nd CCH frame). The CCH frame is merged for a long time. Then do related to get a correlation peak;
- the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment determines that the second coverage area is located;
- the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment determines that it is located in the first Three coverage areas, otherwise no network exists; In this application scenario, if the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment determines that it is located in the first coverage area, the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment determines the dedicated channel DCH1 corresponding to the first coverage area;
- the first determining module 13031 of the user equipment determines its power-on position on the DCH1; in the application scenario, the first determining module 13031 of the user equipment determines a frame of the CCH corresponding to the power-on position on the DCH1;
- the second determining module 13032 of the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the booting position on the DCH1, whether the booting position on the DCH1 is synchronized with the base station clock;
- the third determining module 13033 of the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the ON position on the DCH1, that the booting position on the DCH1 is synchronized with the base station clock as an example;
- the third determining module 13033 of the user equipment determines that the booting position on the DCH1 is the target position
- the second receiving unit 1304 of the user equipment receives the mapping table sent by the base station; the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines the target location corresponding to the DCH1.
- the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines that the first sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1.
- the ninth determining unit 1306 of the user equipment determines, according to the mapping table, that the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines that the first sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1.
- the ninth determining unit 1306 of the user equipment determines, according to the first indication information, a target system message change
- the tenth determining unit 1307 of the user equipment parses the target system message
- the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1 is 4/0/0;
- the first receiving unit 1302 of the user equipment receives the preset rule that is sent by the base station by using the system broadcast, and the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines that the preset is located according to the preset rule.
- the frame number on the CCH frame corresponding to the scheduling channel on the first frame of DCH1 is 0/0/0
- the frame number on the CCH frame corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the second frame of DCH1 is 0/0/1. ... and so on;
- the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1 is 4/0/0, and the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment is used. Determining that the target location is located on the first frame on the DCH1, the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, the corresponding to the scheduling channel on the second frame on the DCH1.
- the frame number on the frame of the CCH is 0/1/0;
- the sixth determining unit 1309 of the user equipment determines, according to the frame number 0/1/0 and the frame number 4/0/0, that the target number of the common channel frame between the target location and the target scheduling channel is 4 CCHs.
- the frame on the DCH1 of the target scheduling channel is the next frame of the frame where the target location is located on the DCH1;
- the seventh determining unit 1310 of the user equipment determines whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold
- the preset threshold may be 4, because the target number in the application scenario is equal to the preset threshold, the user equipment determines to enter a sleep state;
- the eleventh determining unit 1311 of the user equipment determines the duration of the four CCH frames, the user equipment is automatically powered on;
- the twelfth determining unit 1312 of the user equipment automatically determines the target data channel after being powered on;
- the frame of the dedicated channel on which the target data channel is located is the same as the frame in which the target scheduling channel is located;
- the target data channel and the target scheduling channel are located on a second frame of the DCH1;
- the thirteenth determining unit 1313 of the user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
- the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment determines that it is located in the second coverage area
- the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment determines the second dedicated channel DCH2 corresponding to the second coverage area
- the first determining module 13031 of the user equipment determines its booting position on the DCH 2; in this application scenario, the first determining module 13031 of the user equipment determines a frame of the CCH corresponding to the booting position on the DCH 2;
- the second determining module 13032 of the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the booting position on the DCH2, whether the booting position on the DCH2 is synchronized with the base station clock;
- the second determining module 13032 of the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the ON position on the DCH2, that the booting position on the DCH2 is not synchronized with the base station clock.
- the fourth determining module 13034 of the user equipment determines that the location of completing the clock synchronization on the second dedicated channel is an update location
- the second receiving unit 1304 of the user equipment receives the mapping table sent by the base station; the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines that the first sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the update location on the DCH2. Still the second serial number;
- the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines that the second sequence number set on the CCH corresponding to the update location on the DCH2 is taken as an example;
- the ninth determining unit 1306 of the user equipment is determined according to the mapping, because the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines that the second sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the update location on the DCH2.
- the table determines second indication information corresponding to the second serial number for indicating system information change;
- the ninth determining unit 1306 of the user equipment determines that the target system message has not been changed according to the second indication information
- the user equipment does not need to parse the system message
- the fifth determining module 13035 of the user equipment determines whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded
- the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the boot position is 4/0/0
- the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the update position is 0/5/0
- the second frame number in the frame number is 4, 3, 2, 1...; the second frame number in the frame number after the frame number 0/5/0 is 6, 7ddling .
- the second frame number of the several frame numbers preceding the frame number 0/5/0 is different from the second frame number of the subsequent frame numbers, the signal strength is insufficient, and the user equipment cannot decode the Update location The target frame number;
- the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the boot position is 2/0/0
- the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the update position is 5/0/0, that is, the number in front of the frame number 5/0/0.
- the second frame number of the frame numbers is the same as the second frame number of the subsequent frame numbers (all 0), and the user equipment can decode the target frame number corresponding to the update position;
- the seventh determining module 13037 of the user equipment determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location cannot be decoded as an example:
- the seventh determining module 13037 of the user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel until the user equipment can decode the target frame number;
- the seventh determining module 13037 of the user equipment determines that the location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
- the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH2 is 7/1/0;
- the first receiving unit 1302 of the user equipment receives the preset rule that is sent by the base station by using the system broadcast, and the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines the scheduling that is located on the first frame of the DCH2 according to the preset rule.
- the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the channel is 0/0/0
- the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the second frame of the DCH2 is 0/0/1...
- the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH2 is 7/1/0, and the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment is used. Determining that the target location is located on the first frame on the DCH2, the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, a frame on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel on the second frame on the DCH2. The number is 0/0/1;
- the sixth determining unit 1309 of the user equipment determines the target number of the common channel frame between the target location and the target scheduling channel according to the frame number 7/1/0 and the frame number 0/0/1;
- the frame on the DCH2 of the target scheduling channel is located at the target location.
- the seventh determining unit 1310 of the user equipment determines whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold
- the target quantity is determined by the seventh determining unit 1310 of the user equipment. For example, the user equipment does not need to perform sleep because the target number is smaller than the preset threshold.
- the thirteenth determining unit 1313 of the user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
- FIG. 9 to FIG. 10 illustrates the specific structure of the base station from the perspective of the functional module.
- the specific structure of the base station is described from the hardware point of view below with reference to the embodiment shown in FIG.
- the base station includes: a transmitter 1401, a receiver 1402, and a processor 1403.
- the processor 1403 may be one or more.
- an example is used as an example:
- the medium transmitter 1001, the receiver 1402, and the processor 1403 are connected by a bus.
- other connection modes may be used.
- the specific connection mode is not limited in this embodiment.
- the base station may have more or less components than those shown in FIG. 14, may combine two or more components, or may have different component configurations or settings, and each component may include one Hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, including multiple signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
- the processor 1403 is configured to perform the following operations:
- the dedicated channel for transmitting data For dividing a downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel including a scheduling channel and a data channel; Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, where the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number in each frame of the common channel, and according to the pre- Setting a rule such that the frame number in each frame respectively corresponds to a different location of the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a target frame number corresponding to the target location of the dedicated channel, and according to the preset rule and Determining, by the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a frame where the target location is located The next frame.
- the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number in each frame of the common channel, and according to the pre- Setting a rule such that the frame
- the processor 1403 may divide the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel, and the processor 1403 separately allocates the dedicated channel on multiple carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas, where the processor 1403 is Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, and respectively establishing a correspondence between the frame number and different positions on the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a frame number corresponding to a different location on the dedicated channel, to Having the user equipment determine whether it needs to sleep according to the frame number The scheduling information on the next dedicated channel frame is received, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment.
- the transmitter 1401 is further configured to: send the preset rule to the user equipment.
- the processor 1403 is further configured to: perform: setting system information in each frame of the common channel;
- mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second serial number and the second indication used to indicate that the system information is unchanged.
- the specific manner of the processor 1403 notifying the user equipment whether the system information is changed is that the processor 1403 sends a first serial number for indicating the system information change to the user equipment or is used to indicate the system.
- the second sequence number of the information is not changed, and the user equipment decodes the sequence number to determine whether the system information is changed, so that the user equipment does not need to decode complex indication information, thereby effectively reducing the complexity of the decoding process of the user equipment, thereby It is beneficial to reduce the cost of user equipment, reduce the delay, and further reduce the power consumption of the user equipment.
- the user equipment parses the frame of the common channel changed by the system information, thereby reacquiring the changed system information, and then reacquiring the common channel of the system information change.
- the user equipment determines that the system information is not changed according to the second sequence, the user equipment does not need to parse the frame of the common channel whose system information has not been changed, so that the user equipment can determine whether it needs to be analyzed according to whether the system information changes or not.
- the system information avoids the waste of power consumption caused by repeated analysis of system information by the user equipment if the system information is not changed.
- the transmitter 1401 is further configured to perform the following operations:
- the processor 1403 is further configured to perform the following operations:
- a frame for determining the system information change is a first target frame, and the first sequence number is set in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the first sequence number Corresponding said first indication information;
- a frame for determining that the system information is unchanged is a second target frame, and in the second target frame Setting the second sequence number, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the second indication information corresponding to the second sequence number;
- a synchronization signal is set in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
- the processor 1403 sets system information in each frame of the common channel, and establishes a mapping table for indicating whether the system information of the user equipment is changed, and the processor 1403 is in the common channel.
- a synchronization signal is set in each frame to enable the user equipment to determine, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
- the user equipment can receive the frame number, the system information, the first serial number or the second serial number, and the synchronization signal to obtain corresponding information, and the user equipment can analyze the serial number to determine whether the system information is changed or not. There is no need to parse the system information, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment.
- FIG. 11 to FIG. 13 illustrates the specific structure of the user equipment from the perspective of the function module.
- the specific structure of the user equipment is described below from the hardware point of view with the embodiment shown in FIG.
- the user equipment includes: a transmitter 1501, a receiver 1502, and a processor 1503.
- the processor 1503 may be one or more.
- an example is used as an example:
- the transmitter 1001, the receiver 1502, and the processor 1503 are connected by a bus.
- other connection manners may be used. The specific connection manner is not limited in this embodiment.
- the user equipment may have more or less components than those shown in FIG. 15, may combine two or more components, or may have different component configurations or settings, and each component may include Hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software implementations of one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
- the processor 1503 is configured to perform the following operations:
- Dedicated channel for determining a target carrier frequency region to be located; wherein the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
- a frame number for determining a common channel corresponding to the target location to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is set by the base station in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule;
- the preset rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, where the dedicated channel is located by the target scheduling channel
- the frame is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located;
- the user equipment enters a sleep state.
- the processor 1503 can determine a frame number corresponding to a different location on the dedicated channel, and the processor 1503 can determine, according to the frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and the target scheduling channel. And determining whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold. If yes, the user equipment sleeps to save power consumption. If not, the user equipment does not need to perform sleep.
- the receiver 1502 is further configured to: receive the preset rule sent by the base station.
- the processor 1503 is further configured to: perform an operation for determining a booting position on the dedicated channel;
- the processor 1503 is further configured to: perform, if the user equipment is determined to be out of synchronization with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal, determine the dedicated channel The position at which the clock synchronization is completed is the update position;
- the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable, determining that the update location is the target location;
- the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location cannot be decoded, determining that a location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
- the receiver 1502 is further configured to: receive a mapping table sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a first serial number and a first indicator for indicating system information change Corresponding relationship of the indication information, and the second serial number and the system letter for indicating Corresponding relationship of the second indication information whose information has not been changed;
- the processor 1503 is further configured to perform the following operations:
- the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the number corresponding to the first sequence number.
- the processor 1503 is further configured to: perform, if it is determined that the target quantity is passed, the user equipment is automatically powered on;
- a frame of the dedicated channel on which the target data channel is located is the same as a frame in which the target scheduling channel is located;
- the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
- the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
- there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
- the mutual coupling or direct connection or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect engagement or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other form.
- the components displayed by the unit may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
- each functional unit in various embodiments of the present invention may be integrated in one processing unit. It is also possible that each unit physically exists alone, or two or more units may be integrated in one unit.
- the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
- the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
- the technical solution of the present invention may contribute to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium.
- a number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
- the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Provided are a channel resource configuration method, a hibernation control method, and a relevant device and network. The channel resource configuration method comprises: dividing, by a base station, a downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel, and setting, by the base station, a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule. By means of the present embodiment, a user equipment can determine a target frame number of the common channel corresponding to a target location on a dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine the target number of frames of the common channel of the interval between the target location and a target scheduling channel of the next dedicated channel frame. And if the user equipment determines that the target number is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment can perform a transient hibernation and then wake up to receive scheduling information located on the target scheduling channel of the next dedicated channel frame, which thus reduces the power consumption of the user equipment.
Description
一种信道资源配置方法、 休眠控制方法、 相关设备及网络 技术领域 Channel resource configuration method, sleep control method, related device and network
本发明涉及通信技术领域, 尤其涉及的是一种信道资源配置方法、休眠控 制方法、 相关设备及网络。 The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a channel resource configuration method, a sleep control method, a related device, and a network.
背景技术 Background technique
M2M ( machine to machine, 物联网), 是指利用局部网络或互联网等通信 技术把传感器、 控制器、 机器、 人员和物等通过新的方式联在一起, 形成人与 物、 物与物相联, 实现信息化、 远程管理控制和智能化的网络。 M2M设备无 所不在, 并且支持多个行业内的处理自动化, 包括运输、 安全、 船运、 保健、 金融、 物业管理、 公用事业和建筑。 M2M (machine to machine, Internet of Things) refers to the use of communication technologies such as local networks or the Internet to connect sensors, controllers, machines, people and things in new ways to form a connection between people and things. , to achieve information, remote management control and intelligent network. M2M devices are ubiquitous and support process automation across multiple industries, including transportation, security, shipping, healthcare, finance, property management, utilities and construction.
其中, 相当数量的 M2M设备靠电池或者其它有限的能源来运行, 此外, 与被釆用以通过无线通信链路通信的元件, 例如, 射频 (RF ) 收发器、 功率 放大器等等相关联, M2M设备汲取大量功率。 Among them, a considerable number of M2M devices operate on batteries or other limited energy sources, and are associated with components that are used to communicate over wireless communication links, such as radio frequency (RF) transceivers, power amplifiers, etc., M2M The device draws a lot of power.
对于 M2M应用来说, 用户设备在开机时就选择可用的网络, 并注册到 网络中,基站对已注册成功的用户设备发送指示或发送数据。 而注册到网络中 的用户设备为与所述基站保持通信需要长时间处于开机状态,而用户设备长时 间处于开机状态时只有一部分时间是与所述基站进行通信的,而没有与所述基 站进行通信的时间内用户设备维持开机状态会造成功耗的浪费。 发明内容 For the M2M application, the user equipment selects an available network when it is powered on, and registers with the network. The base station sends an indication or sends data to the user equipment that has been successfully registered. The user equipment registered in the network needs to be in the power-on state for maintaining communication with the base station for a long time, and only part of the time when the user equipment is in the power-on state is to communicate with the base station, but not with the base station. The user equipment maintains the power-on state during the communication time, which causes waste of power consumption. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种信道资源配置方法、休眠控制方法、相关设备及网 络, 其能够有效的降低用户设备的功耗。 The embodiments of the present invention provide a channel resource configuration method, a sleep control method, a related device, and a network, which can effectively reduce power consumption of user equipment.
本发明实施例第一方面提供了一种信道资源配置方法, 包括: A first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a channel resource configuration method, including:
基站将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道,所述公共信道用于传输系统 信息,所述专用信道用于传输数据,且所述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道; 所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号,所述预置规 则为所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号进行编号的编号 方式,且根据所述预置规则使得每一个帧中的所述帧号分别与所述专用信道不 同位置对应, 以使用户设备可确定与所述专用信道的目标位置对应的目标帧
号,并根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与目标调度信道 之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量,所述目标调度信道所处的所述专用信 道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧。 The base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel is used for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel; Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, where the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number in each frame of the common channel, and according to the pre- Setting rules such that the frame numbers in each frame respectively correspond to different locations of the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a target frame corresponding to the target location of the dedicated channel And determining, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where the dedicated scheduling channel is located The frame is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located.
结合本发明实施例第一方面, 本发明实施例第一方面的第一种实现方式 中, With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
所述方法还包括: The method further includes:
所述基站将所述预置规则发送给所述用户设备。 The base station sends the preset rule to the user equipment.
结合本发明实施例第一方面, 本发明实施例第一方面的第二种实现方式 中, With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述基站将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道之后还包括: After the base station divides the downlink channel into the common channel and the dedicated channel, the method further includes:
所述基站在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息; The base station sets system information in each frame of the common channel;
所述基站建立映射表,所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示所述系统信息 变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信息未变 更的第二指示信息的对应关系; The base station establishes a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first sequence number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second sequence number and the second sequence number used to indicate that the system information is unchanged. Corresponding relationship of indication information;
所述基站将所述映射表发送给用户设备; Sending, by the base station, the mapping table to a user equipment;
所述基站确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标帧,并在所述第一目标帧 中设置所述第一序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序号 对应的所述第一指示信息; Determining, by the base station, that the frame that is changed by the system information is a first target frame, and setting the first sequence number in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the first frame The first indication information corresponding to the serial number;
所述基站确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标帧,并在所述第二目标 帧中设置所述第二序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第二序 号对应的所述第二指示信息。 Determining, by the base station, that the frame that is not changed by the system information is a second target frame, and setting the second sequence number in the second target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, The second indication information corresponding to the two serial numbers.
结合本发明实施例第一方面, 本发明实施例第一方面的第三种实现方式 中, With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
所述基站将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道之后还包括: After the base station divides the downlink channel into the common channel and the dedicated channel, the method further includes:
所述基站在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号,以使所述用户设备根 据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备是否与所述基站的时钟同步。 The base station sets a synchronization signal in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines whether the user equipment is synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal.
本发明实施例第二方面提供了一种休眠控制方法, 包括: A second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a sleep control method, including:
用户设备确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道; 其中, 所述专用信道 包括调度信道和数据信道;
所述用户设备确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置; Determining, by the user equipment, a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region; wherein the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel; Determining, by the user equipment, a target location located on the dedicated channel;
所述用户设备确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号, 得到目标帧 号,其中,所述帧号为所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置的; 所述用户设备根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与 目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 其中, 所述 预置规则为所述公共信道上的帧号的编号方式,所述目标调度信道所处的所述 专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧; Determining, by the user equipment, a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is set by the base station in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule; Determining, by the user equipment, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel according to the preset rule and the target frame number, to obtain a target number; wherein, the preset rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on a common channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
若所述用户设备确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值,则所述用户设备 进入休眠状态。 And if the user equipment determines that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state.
结合本发明实施例第二方面, 本发明实施例第二方面的第一种实现方式 中, With reference to the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述方法还包括: The method further includes:
所述用户设备接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则。 The user equipment receives the preset rule sent by the base station.
结合本发明实施例第二方面, 本发明实施例第二方面的第二种实现方式 中, With reference to the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述用户设备确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置包括: Determining, by the user equipment, a target location located on the dedicated channel includes:
所述用户设备确定其在所述专用信道上的开机位置; The user equipment determines its boot location on the dedicated channel;
所述用户设备确定与所述开机位置对应的同步信号,所述同步信号位于与 所述开机位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; Determining, by the user equipment, a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location, where the synchronization signal is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting location;
若所述用户设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时钟 同步, 则所述用户确定所述开机位置为所述目标位置。 And if the user equipment determines that the user equipment is synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal, the user determines that the booting location is the target location.
结合本发明实施例第二方面的第二种实现方式,本发明实施例第二方面的 第三种实现方式中, With reference to the second implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述用户设备确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置还包括: The determining, by the user equipment, the target location located on the dedicated channel further includes:
若所述用户设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时钟 不同步,则所述用户设备确定在所述专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位 置; If the user equipment determines that the user equipment is not synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal, the user equipment determines that the location where the clock synchronization is completed on the dedicated channel is an update position;
所述用户设备确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧号; 若是, 则所述用户设备确定所述更新位置为所述目标位置;
若否, 则所述用户设备继续接收所述公共信道的帧, 直至所述用户设备可 解码出所述目标帧号; Determining, by the user equipment, whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable; if yes, determining, by the user equipment, that the update location is the target location; If not, the user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel until the user equipment can decode the target frame number;
所述用户设备确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号的位置为所 述目标位置。 The user equipment determines that the location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
结合本发明实施例第二方面, 本发明实施例第二方面的第四种实现方式 中, With reference to the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述方法还包括: The method further includes:
所述用户设备接收所述基站发送的映射表,所述映射表包括第一序号与用 于指示系统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所 述系统信息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; Receiving, by the user equipment, a mapping table sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between a first serial number and first indication information used to indicate system information change, and a second serial number and a used to indicate that the system information is not Corresponding relationship of the changed second indication information;
若所述用户设备确定与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中设置的 序号为所述第一序号,则所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序号对 应的所述第一指示信息; If the user equipment determines that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the first sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, a location corresponding to the first sequence number. Describe the first indication information;
所述用户设备根据所述第一指示信息确定目标系统消息变更,所述目标系 统消息位于与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; Determining, by the user equipment, a target system message change according to the first indication information, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
所述用户设备解析所述目标系统消息。 The user equipment parses the target system message.
结合本发明实施例第二方面, 本发明实施例第二方面的第五种实现方式 中, With reference to the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fifth implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
若所述用户设备确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值,则所述用户设备 进入休眠状态之后还包括: And if the user equipment determines that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment further includes:
若所述用户设备确定经过所述目标数量, 则所述用户设备自动开机; 所述用户设备确定目标数据信道,所述目标数据信道所处的所述专用信道 的帧与所述目标调度信道所处的帧相同; If the user equipment determines that the target quantity is passed, the user equipment is automatically powered on; the user equipment determines a target data channel, the frame of the dedicated channel where the target data channel is located, and the target scheduling channel The same frame;
所述用户设备根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信息通过所述目标数据信 道发送上行数据。 The user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
本发明实施例第三方面提供了一种基站, 包括: A third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a base station, including:
划分单元, 用于将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道, 所述公共信道用 于传输系统信息, 所述专用信道用于传输数据, 且所述专用信道包括调度信道 和数据信道;
第一设置单元, 用于按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号, 所述预置规则为所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号进行 编号的编号方式,且根据所述预置规则使得每一个帧中的所述帧号分别与所述 专用信道不同位置对应,以使用户设备可确定与所述专用信道的目标位置对应 的目标帧号,并根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与目标 调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量,所述目标调度信道所处的所 述专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧。 a dividing unit, configured to divide the downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel; a first setting unit, configured to set a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule, where the preset rule is the frame number of the base station in each frame of the common channel Numbering the numbering manner, and according to the preset rule, the frame numbers in each frame are respectively corresponding to different positions of the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a target corresponding to the target location of the dedicated channel. a frame number, and determining, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where the dedicated channel is located by the target scheduling channel The frame is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located.
结合本发明实施例第三方面, 本发明实施例第三方面的第一种实现方式 中, With reference to the third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
所述基站还包括: The base station further includes:
第一发送单元, 用于将所述预置规则发送给所述用户设备。 The first sending unit is configured to send the preset rule to the user equipment.
结合本发明实施例第三方面, 本发明实施例第三方面的第二种实现方式 中, With reference to the third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
所述基站还包括: The base station further includes:
第二设置单元, 用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息; 建立单元, 用于建立映射表, 所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示所述系 统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信 息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; a second setting unit, configured to set system information in each frame of the common channel; an establishing unit, configured to establish a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a first serial number and a first used to indicate the system information change Corresponding relationship of the indication information, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information for indicating that the system information is not changed;
第二发送单元, 用于将所述映射表发送给用户设备; a second sending unit, configured to send the mapping table to the user equipment;
第一确定单元, 用于确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标帧, 并在所述 第一目标帧中设置所述第一序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所 述第一序号对应的所述第一指示信息; a first determining unit, configured to determine that the frame of the system information change is a first target frame, and set the first sequence number in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table The first indication information corresponding to the first serial number;
第二确定单元, 用于确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标帧, 并在所 述第二目标帧中设置所述第二序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与 所述第二序号对应的所述第二指示信息。 a second determining unit, configured to determine that the frame whose system information has not been changed is a second target frame, and set the second serial number in the second target frame, so that the user equipment determines by using the mapping table The second indication information corresponding to the second serial number.
结合本发明实施例第三方面, 本发明实施例第三方面的第三种实现方式 中, With reference to the third aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述基站还包括: The base station further includes:
第三设置单元, 用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号, 以使所述
用户设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备是否与所述基站的时钟同步。 本发明实施例第四方面提供了一种用户设备, 包括: a third setting unit, configured to set a synchronization signal in each frame of the common channel, so that the The user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station. A fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
第三确定单元, 用于确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道; 其中, 所 述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道; a third determining unit, configured to determine a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region, where the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
第四确定单元, 用于确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置; a fourth determining unit, configured to determine a target location located on the dedicated channel;
第五确定单元, 用于确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号,得到目 标帧号, 其中, 所述帧号为所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个帧中设 置的; a fifth determining unit, configured to determine a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is the base station in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule Set
第六确定单元,用于根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位 置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 其中, 所述预置规则为所述公共信道上的帧号的编号方式,所述目标调度信道所处的 所述专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧; a sixth determining unit, configured to determine, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target number; wherein, the preset The rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, and a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
第七确定单元, 用于若确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值, 则所述用 户设备进入休眠状态。 And a seventh determining unit, configured to: if it is determined that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state.
结合本发明实施例第四方面, 本发明实施例第四方面的第一种实现方式 中, With reference to the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
所述用户设备还包括: The user equipment further includes:
第一接收单元, 用于接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则。 The first receiving unit is configured to receive the preset rule sent by the base station.
结合本发明实施例第四方面, 本发明实施例第四方面的第二种实现方式 中, With reference to the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
所述第四确定单元包括: The fourth determining unit includes:
第一确定模块, 用于确定其在所述专用信道上的开机位置; a first determining module, configured to determine a booting position on the dedicated channel;
第二确定模块, 用于确定与所述开机位置对应的同步信号, 所述同步信号 位于与所述开机位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; a second determining module, configured to determine a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location, where the synchronization signal is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting location;
第三确定模块,用于根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时 钟同步, 则所述用户确定所述开机位置为所述目标位置。 And a third determining module, configured to determine, according to the synchronization signal, a clock synchronization between the user equipment and the base station, where the user determines that the booting location is the target location.
结合本发明实施例第四方面的第二种实现方式,本发明实施例第四方面的 第三种实现方式中, With reference to the second implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
述第四确定单元还包括:
第四确定模块,用于若根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的 时钟不同步, 则确定在所述专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位置; 第五确定模块,用于确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧 号; The fourth determining unit further includes: a fourth determining module, configured to determine, when the user equipment is not synchronized with a clock of the base station, according to the synchronization signal, determine that a location for completing clock synchronization on the dedicated channel is an update location; Determining whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded;
第六确定模块,用于若所述第五确定模块确定可解码出与所述更新位置对 应的所述目标帧号, 则确定所述更新位置为所述目标位置; a sixth determining module, configured to determine that the updated location is the target location, if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable;
第七确定模块,用于若所述第五确定模块确定不可解码出与所述更新位置 对应的所述目标帧号,则确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号的位置 为所述目标位置。 a seventh determining module, configured to determine, if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is not decodable, determine that the location of the target frame number on the dedicated channel is The target location.
结合本发明实施例第四方面, 本发明实施例第四方面的第四种实现方式 中, With reference to the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
所述用户设备还包括: The user equipment further includes:
第二接收单元, 用于接收所述基站发送的映射表, 所述映射表包括第一序 号与用于指示系统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于 指示所述系统信息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; a second receiving unit, configured to receive a mapping table sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate system information change, and the second serial number is used to indicate the Corresponding relationship of the second indication information whose system information has not been changed;
第八确定单元,用于若确定与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中设 置的序号为所述第一序号,则所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序 号对应的所述第一指示信息; An eighth determining unit, configured to determine, by using the mapping table, the first serial number by using the mapping table, if it is determined that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the first serial number Corresponding said first indication information;
第九确定单元, 用于根据所述第一指示信息确定目标系统消息变更, 所述 目标系统消息位于与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; a ninth determining unit, configured to determine, according to the first indication information, a target system message change, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
第十确定单元, 用于解析所述目标系统消息。 And a tenth determining unit, configured to parse the target system message.
结合本发明实施例第四方面, 本发明实施例第四方面的第五种实现方式 中, With reference to the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fifth implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
所述用户设备还包括: The user equipment further includes:
第十一确定单元, 用于若确定经过所述目标数量, 则所述用户设备自动开 机; An eleventh determining unit, configured to automatically start the user equipment if it is determined that the target quantity is passed;
第十二确定单元, 用于确定目标数据信道, 所述目标数据信道所处的所述 专用信道的帧与所述目标调度信道所处的帧相同; a twelfth determining unit, configured to determine a target data channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target data channel is located is the same as a frame where the target scheduling channel is located;
第十三确定单元,用于根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信息通过所述目标
数据信道发送上行数据。 a thirteenth determining unit, configured to pass the target according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel The data channel transmits uplink data.
本发明实施例第五方面提供了一种通信网络,包括本发明实施例第三方面 至本发明实施例第三方面的第三种实现方式任一项所述的基站以及本发明实 施例第四方面至本发明实施例第四方面的第五种实现方式任一项所述的用户 设备。 The fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a communication network, including the base station according to any one of the third aspect of the present invention to the third implementation manner of the third aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, and the fourth embodiment of the present invention. The user equipment according to any one of the fifth implementation manners of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention.
本发明实施例第六方面提供了一种基站, 包括发送器、 接收器和处理器; 所述处理器用于执行如下操作: A sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a base station, including a transmitter, a receiver, and a processor. The processor is configured to perform the following operations:
用于将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道,所述公共信道用于传输系统 信息,所述专用信道用于传输数据,且所述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道; 用于按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号,所述预置规则为 所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号进行编号的编号方式, 且根据所述预置规则使得每一个帧中的所述帧号分别与所述专用信道不同位 置对应, 以使用户设备可确定与所述专用信道的目标位置对应的目标帧号, 并 根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与目标调度信道之间 间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量,所述目标调度信道所处的所述专用信道的 帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧。 For dividing a downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel including a scheduling channel and a data channel; Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, where the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number in each frame of the common channel, and according to the pre- Setting a rule such that the frame number in each frame respectively corresponds to a different location of the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a target frame number corresponding to the target location of the dedicated channel, and according to the preset rule and Determining, by the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a frame where the target location is located The next frame.
结合本发明实施例第六方面, 本发明实施例第六方面的第一种实现方式 中, With reference to the sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述发送器用于执行如下操作: The transmitter is configured to perform the following operations:
用于将所述预置规则发送给所述用户设备。 And configured to send the preset rule to the user equipment.
结合发明实施例第六方面的第一种实现方式,本发明实施例第六方面的第 二种实现方式中, With reference to the first implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息; Means for setting system information in each frame of the common channel;
用于建立映射表,所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示所述系统信息变更 的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信息未变更的 第二指示信息的对应关系; And a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second serial number and the second indication used to indicate that the system information is unchanged. Correspondence of information;
所述发送器还用于执行如下操作: The transmitter is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于将所述映射表发送给用户设备;
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: Used to send the mapping table to a user equipment; The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标帧,并在所述第一目标帧中设 置所述第一序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序号对应 的所述第一指示信息; a frame for determining the system information change is a first target frame, and the first sequence number is set in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the first sequence number Corresponding said first indication information;
用于确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标帧,并在所述第二目标帧中 设置所述第二序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第二序号对 应的所述第二指示信息。 The frame for determining that the system information is unchanged is a second target frame, and the second sequence number is set in the second target frame, so that the user equipment determines the second number by using the mapping table. The second indication information corresponding to the serial number.
结合本发明实施例第六方面, 本发明实施例第六方面的第三种实现方式 中, With reference to the sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号,以使所述用户设备根据所 述同步信号确定所述用户设备是否与所述基站的时钟同步。 And a synchronization signal is set in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
本发明实施例第七方面提供了一种用户设备, 包括发送器、接收器和处理 器; A seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a user equipment, including a transmitter, a receiver, and a processor;
所述处理器用于执行如下操作: The processor is configured to perform the following operations:
用于确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道; 其中, 所述专用信道包括 调度信道和数据信道; Dedicated channel for determining a target carrier frequency region to be located; wherein the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
用于确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置; Used to determine a target location located on the dedicated channel;
用于确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号, 得到目标帧号, 其中, 所述帧号为所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置的; a frame number for determining a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is set by the base station in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule;
用于根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与目标调度 信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 其中, 所述预置规则 为所述公共信道上的帧号的编号方式,所述目标调度信道所处的所述专用信道 的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧; Determining, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target number; wherein the preset rule is the public a frame number of the channel, where the frame of the dedicated channel on which the target scheduling channel is located is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located;
用于若确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值,则所述用户设备进入休眠 状态。 And if the target quantity is determined to be greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state.
结合本发明实施例第七方面, 本发明实施例第七方面的第一种实现方式 中, With reference to the seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the seventh aspect,
所述接收器还用于执行如下操作:
用于接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则。 The receiver is further configured to perform the following operations: And configured to receive the preset rule sent by the base station.
结合本发明实施例第七方面, 本发明实施例第七方面的第二种实现方式 中, With reference to the seventh aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the seventh aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于确定其在所述专用信道上的开机位置; Used to determine its boot position on the dedicated channel;
用于确定与所述开机位置对应的同步信号,所述同步信号位于与所述开机 位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; And a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting position, where the synchronization signal is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting position;
用于根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时钟同步,则所述 用户确定所述开机位置为所述目标位置。 And determining, by the synchronization signal, that the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station, and the user determines that the booting location is the target location.
结合本发明实施例第七方面的第二种实现方式,本发明实施例第七方面的 第三种实现方式中, With reference to the second implementation manner of the seventh aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the seventh aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于若根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时钟不同步,则 确定在所述专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位置; And determining, if the user equipment is not synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal, determining that a location for completing clock synchronization on the dedicated channel is an update location;
用于确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧号; Determining whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded;
用于若所述第五确定模块确定可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标 帧号, 则确定所述更新位置为所述目标位置; And if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable, determining that the update location is the target location;
用于若所述第五确定模块确定不可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目 标帧号,则确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号的位置为所述目标位 置。 And if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location cannot be decoded, determining that a location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
结合本发明实施例第七方面, 本发明实施例第七方面的第四种实现方式 中, With reference to the seventh aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the seventh aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述接收器用于执行如下操作: The receiver is configured to perform the following operations:
用于接收所述基站发送的映射表,所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示系 统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信 息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; And a mapping table that is sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second serial number is used to indicate that the system information is unchanged. Corresponding relationship of the second indication information;
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于若确定与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中设置的序号为所 述第一序号,则所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序号对应的所述
第一指示信息; If the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the first sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the identifier corresponding to the first sequence number. First indication information;
用于才艮据所述第一指示信息确定目标系统消息变更,所述目标系统消息位 于与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; And determining, according to the first indication information, a target system message change, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
用于解析所述目标系统消息。 Used to parse the target system message.
结合本发明实施例第七方面, 本发明实施例第七方面的第五种实现方式 中, With reference to the seventh aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a fifth implementation manner of the seventh aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于若确定经过所述目标数量, 则所述用户设备自动开机; For determining that the user equipment passes the target quantity, the user equipment is automatically powered on;
用于确定目标数据信道,所述目标数据信道所处的所述专用信道的帧与所 述目标调度信道所处的帧相同; Determining, for determining a target data channel, a frame of the dedicated channel on which the target data channel is located is the same as a frame in which the target scheduling channel is located;
用于根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信息通过所述目标数据信道发送上 行数据。 And transmitting, by the target data channel, uplink data according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
本发明实施例提供一种信道资源配置方法、休眠控制方法、相关设备及网 络,基站将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道,且所述基站并按预置规则在 所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号。所述预置规则为所述基站对位于所述公 共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号进行编号的编号方式。通过本实施例使得用户 设备确定专用信道上目标位置对应的所述公共信道的目标帧号,所述用户设备 即可确定所述目标位置距离位于下一个专用信道帧的目标调度信道之间间隔 的所述公共信道帧的目标数量。且若用户设备确定该目标数量大于或等于预置 阔值,则所述用户设备即可进行短暂的休眠后再醒来接收位于下一个专用信道 帧上的所述目标调度信道上的调度信息, 从而节省了用户设备的功耗。 附图说明 Embodiments of the present invention provide a channel resource configuration method, a sleep control method, a related device, and a network, where a base station divides a downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel, and the base station performs each of the common channels according to a preset rule. Set the frame number in the frame. The preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame numbers located in each frame of the common channel. The user equipment determines the target frame number of the common channel corresponding to the target location on the dedicated channel by using the embodiment, and the user equipment determines that the target location distance is located between the target scheduling channels of the next dedicated channel frame. The target number of the common channel frame. And if the user equipment determines that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment may wake up briefly and then wake up to receive scheduling information on the target scheduling channel located in the next dedicated channel frame. Thereby saving power consumption of the user equipment. DRAWINGS
图 1为本发明实施例提供的信道资源配置方法的一种实施例步骤流程图; 图 2 为本发明实施例提供的信道资源配置方法的另一种实施例步骤流程 图; 1 is a flow chart of steps of a method for configuring a channel resource according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 2 is a flow chart of another embodiment of a method for configuring a channel resource according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 3为本发明实施例提供的信道资源配置方法的一种实施例步骤流程图; 图 4为本发明实施例提供的休眠控制方法的一种实施例步骤流程图; 图 5为本发明实施例提供的休眠控制方法的另一种实施例步骤流程图;
图 6为本发明实施例提供的休眠控制方法的另一种实施例步骤流程图; 图 7为本发明实施例所提供的通信网络中各载频区域的覆盖示意图; 图 8为本发明实施例所提供的公共信道和专用信道的格式示意图; 图 9为本发明实施例所提供的基站的一种实施例结构示意图; FIG. 3 is a flow chart of steps of a method for configuring a channel resource according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 4 is a flow chart of a method for performing a sleep control method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. A flow chart of another embodiment of the provided sleep control method; FIG. 6 is a flow chart of another embodiment of a sleep control method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of coverage of each carrier frequency region in a communication network according to an embodiment of the present invention; A schematic diagram of a format of a common channel and a dedicated channel provided; FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 10为本发明实施例所提供的基站的另一种实施例结构示意图; 图 11为本发明实施例所提供的用户设备的一种实施例结构示意图; 图 12为本发明实施例所提供的用户设备的另一种实施例结构示意图; 图 13为本发明实施例所提供的用户设备的另一种实施例结构示意图; 图 14为本发明实施例所提供的基站的另一种实施例结构示意图; 图 15为本发明实施例所提供的用户设备的另一种实施例结构示意图。 具体实施方式 FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
本发明实施例提供了一种信道资源配置方法, 请参见图 1 ; An embodiment of the present invention provides a channel resource configuration method, which is shown in Figure 1;
由图 1可知, 该信道资源配置方法具体包括: As shown in FIG. 1, the channel resource configuration method specifically includes:
101、 基站将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道; 101. The base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel.
通过该公共信道使得在蜂窝网络中的基站和用户设备之间能够进行相互 的通信。 The common channel enables mutual communication between the base station and the user equipment in the cellular network.
在本实施例中, 用于传输数据的专用信道可为多个, 具体数目在本发明实 施例中不作限定。 In this embodiment, the dedicated channel for transmitting data may be multiple, and the specific number is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
具体的,所述基站在多个覆盖范围不同的载频区域上分别分配所述专用信 道; Specifically, the base station separately allocates the dedicated channel on multiple carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas;
其中,基站可为多个覆盖范围不同的载频区域上分别分配一个所述专用信 道, 或在覆盖范围相同的载频区域上分配多个所述专用信道, 具体如何分配在 本实施例中不作限定。 The base station may allocate one of the dedicated channels to a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas, or allocate a plurality of the dedicated channels on a carrier frequency region with the same coverage area, and how to allocate the specific channels in this embodiment. limited.
所述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道,基站通过所述调度信道给用户设 备发送调度信息, 用户设备根据所述调度信息的指示发送上行数据。 The dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel, and the base station sends scheduling information to the user equipment through the scheduling channel, and the user equipment sends the uplink data according to the indication of the scheduling information.
其中, 所述调度信道具体包括上行调度信息的信道 (PUTCH)和下行调度 信息的信道(PDTCH )。 The scheduling channel specifically includes a channel (UPCH) of uplink scheduling information and a channel (PDTCH) of downlink scheduling information.
102、 所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号。
所述预置规则为所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号 进行编号的编号方式。 102. The base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule. The preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame numbers located in each frame of the common channel.
该预置规则的具体编号方式在本实施例中不做限定,只要专用信道上不同 位置均与公共信道上的帧号对应即可。 The specific numbering manner of the preset rule is not limited in this embodiment, as long as different positions on the dedicated channel correspond to the frame number on the common channel.
即本实施例中,所述公共信道的每个帧上包括用于使得所述公共信道和所 述专用信道同步的同步信号, 系统信息, 用于指示所述系统信息是否发生变更 的系统信息变更指示信息以及该帧的帧号。 That is, in this embodiment, each frame of the common channel includes a synchronization signal for synchronizing the common channel and the dedicated channel, system information, and system information change for indicating whether the system information is changed. Indicates the information and the frame number of the frame.
本实施例对所述公共信道上每个帧中所具有的具体信息以及顺序不作限 定。 This embodiment does not limit the specific information and order in each frame on the common channel.
本实施例以用户设备确定位于所述专用信道上是否需要进行休眠的位置 为目标位置,因所述基站按所述预置规则对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中设 置有帧号,则所述用户设备即可确定与所述专用信道的目标位置对应的所述公 共信道的目标帧号,因所述用户设备与所述基站已经预先约定了所述公共信道 的每一个帧中帧号的编号方式,则所述用户设备根据该预置规则即可确定所述 目标位置距离位于下一个专用信道帧的目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信 道帧的目标数量。 In this embodiment, the user equipment determines, as the target location, whether the location on the dedicated channel needs to be dormant, because the base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to the preset rule, The user equipment may determine a target frame number of the common channel corresponding to a target location of the dedicated channel, because the user equipment and the base station have previously agreed on a frame number in each frame of the common channel. According to the numbering manner, the user equipment may determine, according to the preset rule, a target number of the common channel frame that is separated from a target scheduling channel located in a next dedicated channel frame by the target location.
其中,所述目标调度信道所处的所述专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的 帧的下一个帧。 The frame of the dedicated channel on which the target scheduling channel is located is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located.
所述用户设备即可根据所述目标数量确定是否需要进行短暂的休眠后再 醒来接收位于下一个专用信道帧上的所述目标调度信道上的调度信息。 The user equipment may determine whether it is necessary to perform a short sleep and then wake up to receive scheduling information on the target scheduling channel located on the next dedicated channel frame according to the target number.
用户设备具体确定是否进行休眠可根据一个预设的阔值确定,例如所述用 户设备将该阔值确定为 4, 且若所述用户设备即可确定若所述目标位置距离下 一个专用信道帧的目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量为 6个,则 所述用户设备进行休眠, 具体休眠的时间经过 6 个公共信道的帧, 即经过 6 个公共信道的帧后所述用户设备醒来以接收专用信道上的所述目标调度信道 上的调度信息。 Determining, by the user equipment, whether to perform hibernation may be determined according to a preset threshold, for example, the user equipment determines the threshold to be 4, and if the user equipment determines that the target location is away from the next dedicated channel frame. The number of the common channel frames between the target scheduling channels is six, and the user equipment performs dormancy, and the specific sleep time passes through frames of six common channels, that is, after the frames of the six common channels. The user equipment wakes up to receive scheduling information on the target scheduling channel on the dedicated channel.
且若所述用户设备即可确定若所述目标位置距离下一个专用信道帧的目 标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量为 2个,则所述用户设备不进行 休眠。
本实施例中对用户设备确定是否需要进行休眠的所述阔值具体数目不作 限定,且所述阈值也可为所述基站确定的, 所述基站将已确定的所述阈值通过 系统广播发送给用户设备。 And if the user equipment determines that the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel of the next dedicated channel frame is two, the user equipment does not sleep. In this embodiment, the specific value of the threshold value for determining whether the user equipment needs to be dormant is not limited, and the threshold may also be determined by the base station, and the base station sends the determined threshold value to the system broadcast to the system. User equipment.
本实施例中,基站可将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道,且所述基站 在多个覆盖范围不同的载频区域上分别分配所述专用信道,所述基站在所述公 共信道的每个帧中设置帧号,并分别建立所述帧号与所述专用信道上不同位置 的对应关系, 以使得用户设备能够确定与专用信道上不同位置对应的帧号, 以 使用户设备可根据帧号确定其是否需要进行休眠以接收下一个专用信道帧上 的调度信息, 从而有效的降低用户设备的功耗。 In this embodiment, the base station may divide the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel, and the base station separately allocates the dedicated channel on a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas, where the base station is in each of the common channels. Setting a frame number in the frames, and respectively establishing a correspondence between the frame number and different positions on the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a frame number corresponding to a different location on the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can according to the frame. The number determines whether it needs to sleep to receive the scheduling information on the next dedicated channel frame, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment.
图 1所示的实施例对信道资源配置方法进行详细说明,以下结合图 2所示 的实施例对公共信道的帧的格式进行具体说明: The embodiment shown in FIG. 1 illustrates the channel resource configuration method in detail. The format of the frame of the common channel is specifically described below in conjunction with the embodiment shown in FIG. 2:
201、 基站将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道; 201. The base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel.
202、 所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号; 图 2所示的步骤 201至步骤 202与图 1所示的步骤 101至步骤 102过程相 同, 在此不再赘述。 202. The base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule. Steps 201 to 202 shown in FIG. 2 are the same as steps 101 to 102 shown in FIG. Let me repeat.
203、 所述基站将所述预置规则发送给所述用户设备; 203. The base station sends the preset rule to the user equipment.
本实施例中所述基站将所述预置规则发送给用户设备的具体方式不作限 定, 只要所述用户设备可接收到所述预置规则即可, 例如所述基站可通过系统 广播将所述预置规则发送给所述用户设备。 The specific manner in which the base station sends the preset rule to the user equipment in this embodiment is not limited, as long as the user equipment can receive the preset rule, for example, the base station can broadcast the system through the system. Preset rules are sent to the user equipment.
204、 所述基站在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息; 204. The base station sets system information in each frame of the common channel.
该系统信息 (SIB )定义了诸如公共信道的配置、 空闲模式移动性参数、 系统捕获信息等与所述基站有关的信息。 The system information (SIB) defines information related to the base station, such as configuration of a common channel, idle mode mobility parameters, system acquisition information, and the like.
205、 所述基站建立映射表; 205. The base station establishes a mapping table.
所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示所述系统信息变更的第一指示信息 的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信息未变更的第二指示信息的 对应关系。 The mapping table includes a correspondence between the first sequence number and the first indication information for indicating the system information change, and a correspondence between the second sequence number and the second indication information for indicating that the system information is not changed.
206、 所述基站将所述映射表发送给用户设备; 206. The base station sends the mapping table to a user equipment.
所示基站可通过系统广播将该映射表发送给用户设备,也可通过该公共信 道发送给用户设备。
用户设备通过所述映射表即可确定与该第一序号或第二序号对应的指示 信息, 以使用户设备可确定所述系统信息是否变更。 The base station may send the mapping table to the user equipment through a system broadcast, or may send the mapping table to the user equipment through the common channel. The user equipment can determine the indication information corresponding to the first serial number or the second serial number by using the mapping table, so that the user equipment can determine whether the system information is changed.
本实施例中,基站在通知所述用户设备所述系统信息是否发生变更的具体 方式为所述基站向所述用户设备发送用于指示所述系统信息变更的第一序号 或用于指示所述系统信息未变更的第二序号,用户设备解码所述序号即可确定 所述系统信息是否发生变更,使得用户设备无需解码复杂的指示信息,从而有 效的降低了用户设备解码过程的复杂度,从而有利于降低用户设备的成本, 减 少时延, 更进一步的降低用户设备的功耗。 In this embodiment, the specific manner in which the base station notifies the user equipment that the system information is changed is that the base station sends a first sequence number for indicating the system information change to the user equipment or is used to indicate the The second sequence number of the system information is not changed, and the user equipment decodes the sequence number to determine whether the system information is changed, so that the user equipment does not need to decode complex indication information, thereby effectively reducing the complexity of the decoding process of the user equipment, thereby It is beneficial to reduce the cost of the user equipment, reduce the delay, and further reduce the power consumption of the user equipment.
且若用户设备根据所述第一序号确定所述系统信息变更,则用户设备解析 系统信息变更的公共信道的帧,从而重新获取已经改变的系统信息, 进而重新 获取该系统信息变更的公共信道的帧上的公共信道的配置、空闲模式移动性参 数、 系统捕获信息等与所述基站有关的信息。 And if the user equipment determines that the system information is changed according to the first sequence number, the user equipment parses the frame of the common channel changed by the system information, thereby reacquiring the changed system information, and then reacquiring the common channel of the system information change. Information about the base station on the frame, idle mode mobility parameters, system acquisition information, and the like.
若用户设备根据所述第二序号确定所述系统信息没有变更,则用户设备无 需解析系统信息未变更的公共信道的帧,从而使得用户设备可根据系统信息是 否发生变更的具体情况确定是否需要解析系统信息,避免了若系统信息没有发 生变更, 而用户设备重复解析系统信息所造成的功耗的浪费。 If the user equipment determines that the system information is not changed according to the second sequence, the user equipment does not need to parse the frame of the common channel whose system information has not been changed, so that the user equipment can determine whether it needs to be analyzed according to whether the system information changes or not. The system information avoids the waste of power consumption caused by repeated analysis of system information by the user equipment if the system information is not changed.
207、 所述基站确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标帧, 并在所述第一 目标帧中设置所述第一序号; 207. The base station determines that the frame that is changed by the system information is a first target frame, and sets the first sequence number in the first target frame.
即若所述基站确定位于公共信道的帧中的系统信息变更,则基站确定该帧 为第一目标帧, 并在所述第一目标帧中设置所述第一序号。 That is, if the base station determines the system information change in the frame of the common channel, the base station determines that the frame is the first target frame, and sets the first sequence number in the first target frame.
所述用户设备即可通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序号对应的所述第一 指示信息, 使得用户设备确定该第一目标帧的系统信息变更。 The user equipment may determine the first indication information corresponding to the first sequence number by using the mapping table, so that the user equipment determines that the system information of the first target frame is changed.
208、 所述基站确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标帧, 并在所述第 二目标帧中设置所述第二序号; 208. The base station determines that the frame whose system information is not changed is a second target frame, and sets the second sequence number in the second target frame.
即若所述基站确定位于公共信道的帧中的系统信息未变更,则基站确定该 帧为第二目标帧, 并在所述第二目标帧中设置第二序号。 That is, if the base station determines that the system information in the frame of the common channel has not changed, the base station determines that the frame is the second target frame, and sets the second sequence number in the second target frame.
所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第二序号对应的所述第二指示 信息, 使得用户设备确定该第二目标帧的系统信息未变更。 The user equipment determines the second indication information corresponding to the second sequence number by using the mapping table, so that the user equipment determines that the system information of the second target frame is not changed.
在经过步骤 207基站设置第一序号或经过步骤 208基站设置第二序号后,
则进行步骤 209; After the first sequence number is set by the base station in step 207 or the second sequence number is set by the base station in step 208, Then proceed to step 209;
209、 所述基站在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号。 209. The base station sets a synchronization signal in each frame of the common channel.
通过该同步信号,以使所述用户设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备 是否与所述基站的时钟同步。 And the synchronization signal is used to enable the user equipment to determine, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
在本实施例中, 所述公共信道的每个帧中所包括的帧号、 系统信息、 第一 序号或第二序号和同步信号排列顺序在本实施例中不做限定。 In this embodiment, the frame number, the system information, the first sequence number or the second sequence number, and the synchronization signal arrangement sequence included in each frame of the common channel are not limited in this embodiment.
且在本实施例中的公共信道可为一个或多个,例如基站可划分成两个公共 信道, 第一公共信道上包括帧号、 系统信息和第一序号或第二序号, 第二公共 信道上包括同步信号; And the common channel in this embodiment may be one or more. For example, the base station may be divided into two common channels, where the first common channel includes a frame number, system information, and a first sequence number or a second sequence number, and the second common channel Include a synchronization signal;
或, 第一公共信道上包括帧号、 第一序号或第二序号和同步信号, 第二公 共信道上包括系统信息。 Or, the first common channel includes a frame number, a first sequence number or a second sequence number, and a synchronization signal, and the second common channel includes system information.
在本实施例中公共信道的个数以及每个公共信道的格式在本实施例中不 作限定。 The number of common channels and the format of each common channel in this embodiment are not limited in this embodiment.
本实施例中, 所述基站在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息, 并建立 用于指示所述用户设备该系统信息是否变更的映射表,基站在所述公共信道的 每个帧中设置同步信号,以使所述用户设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设 备是否与所述基站的时钟同步。 通过本实施例使得用户设备能够接收到该帧 号、 系统信息、 第一序号或第二序号以及同步信号, 以获取对应的信息, 且用 户设备解析序号即可确定系统信息是否发生变更,没有变更则无需解析系统信 息, 从而有效的降低了用户设备的功耗。 In this embodiment, the base station sets system information in each frame of the common channel, and establishes a mapping table for indicating whether the system information of the user equipment is changed, and the base station is in each frame of the common channel. And setting a synchronization signal, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station. In this embodiment, the user equipment can receive the frame number, the system information, the first serial number or the second serial number, and the synchronization signal to obtain corresponding information, and the user equipment can analyze the serial number to determine whether the system information is changed, and no change is made. There is no need to parse the system information, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment.
需明确的是, 本实施例中所示的序号占用的比特值仅为 3比特, 所以用户 设备可快速准确的解析出序号, 而通过查找映射表以确定对应的指示信息,从 而降低了用户设备解析控制信令的复杂度, 从而有利于降低用户设备的成本, 且有效的减少时延, 降低功耗。 It should be clarified that the bit value occupied by the sequence number shown in this embodiment is only 3 bits, so the user equipment can quickly and accurately parse the sequence number, and the mapping table is used to determine the corresponding indication information, thereby reducing the user equipment. The complexity of the control signaling is analyzed, thereby reducing the cost of the user equipment, and effectively reducing the delay and reducing the power consumption.
在具体应用本实施例所示的信道资源配置方法时,所述映射表不仅仅可建 立所述第一序号与用于指示所述系统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以 及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系,还可 通过所述映射表建立其他用于指示所述用户设备的指示信息与序号的对应关 系, 以使用户设备通过解析所述序号即可确定对应的指示信息, 所述指示信息
还可包括但不限于, 用于指示用户设备是否注册成功的指示信息, 用于指示所 述用户设备是否可以发送上行数据的指示信息,用于指示所述用户设备当前数 据信道是否空闲的指示信息等。 When the channel resource configuration method shown in this embodiment is specifically applied, the mapping table may not only establish a correspondence between the first sequence number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second sequence number. Corresponding relationship between the indication information indicating the user equipment and the serial number may be established by using the mapping table, so that the user equipment can be parsed by the mapping table. The serial number can determine corresponding indication information, and the indication information The indication information for indicating whether the user equipment is successfully registered, the indication information for indicating whether the user equipment can send uplink data, and the indication information for indicating whether the current data channel of the user equipment is idle is Wait.
图 2 所示的实施例对公共信道的帧的格式进行具体说明, 以下结合图 3 所示说明本实施例所提供的信道资源配置方法是如何实现广覆盖的; The embodiment shown in FIG. 2 specifically describes the format of the frame of the common channel. The following describes how the channel resource configuration method provided in this embodiment implements wide coverage, as shown in FIG. 3;
因 M2M的需求根据应用场景的不同有着千差万别的需求, 不同需求的物 联网, 其基于的底层的通信网络可能是不相同的; 例如, 视频监控类业务, 他 的需求是大带宽、 低时延等, 可能可以利用现有的蜂窝网络。 Because the requirements of M2M have different needs according to different application scenarios, the underlying communication network based on different requirements of the Internet of Things may be different; for example, video surveillance services, his demand is large bandwidth, low latency Etc., it is possible to utilize existing cellular networks.
而对于电力行业的远程抄表应用, 需要将某城区内所有的电表组成一个 群,网络运营商和电力行业用户可以将该群作为一个整体进行移动性管理优化 或者接入管理。 进而抄表应用的需求是低成本、 低功耗的通信网络, 例如可以 利用 zigbee网络。 For the remote meter reading application in the power industry, all the electricity meters in a certain urban area need to be grouped into one group, and the network operators and power industry users can use the group as a whole for mobility management optimization or access management. Further, the demand for meter reading applications is a low-cost, low-power communication network, for example, a zigbee network can be utilized.
通过本实施例, 即可满足 M2M的广覆盖和大容量的要求; With this embodiment, the requirements of the wide coverage and large capacity of the M2M can be satisfied;
301、 基站确定载频区域; 301. The base station determines a carrier frequency region.
为使得所述基站所确定的载频区域能实现广覆盖, 则较佳的, 本实施例中 所述基站所确定载频区域为:现有的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围以及增强的蜂窝网络 的覆盖范围; In order to enable the coverage of the carrier frequency region determined by the base station, the carrier frequency region determined by the base station in the embodiment is: the coverage of the existing cellular network and the coverage of the enhanced cellular network. Scope
其中,所述增强的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围相对于现有的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围 所增强的范围不作限定; The coverage of the enhanced cellular network is not limited with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network;
因本实施例所述基站可确定增强的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围,使得本实施例可 应用于不同需求的 M2M, 以实现广覆盖和大容量的要求。 The base station according to this embodiment can determine the coverage of the enhanced cellular network, so that the embodiment can be applied to M2Ms with different requirements to achieve wide coverage and large capacity requirements.
例如, 所述增强的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围可包括三个区域; For example, the coverage of the enhanced cellular network may include three areas;
第一载频区域的覆盖范围相对于现有的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围可增强 The coverage of the first carrier frequency region is enhanced relative to the coverage of existing cellular networks
10dB; 10dB;
第二载频区域的覆盖范围相对于现有的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围可增强 The coverage of the second carrier frequency region is enhanced relative to the coverage of existing cellular networks
20dB; 20dB;
第三载频区域的覆盖范围相对于现有的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围可增强 30dB; The coverage of the third carrier frequency region can be enhanced by 30 dB with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network;
其中, 第一载频区域不需要釆用扩频, 只要其覆盖范围相对于现有的蜂窝
网络的覆盖范围可增强 10dB即可; Wherein, the first carrier frequency region does not need to use spread spectrum as long as its coverage is relative to the existing cellular The coverage of the network can be enhanced by 10dB;
第二载频区域和第三载频区域需要釆用时域扩频的方式; The second carrier frequency region and the third carrier frequency region require a time domain spread spectrum method;
其中, 本实施例所示的扩频的方式不作限定, 只要能够实现广覆盖的载频 区域即可, 例如该扩频的具体方式可为块扩频、 符号扩频或比特扩频。 The manner of spreading in the present embodiment is not limited, as long as the carrier area of the wide coverage can be realized. For example, the specific method of the spreading may be block spreading, symbol spreading or bit spreading.
因所述基站可根据 M2M具体应用场景的需求确定不同个数的载频区域, 也可根据具体应用场景的不同确定覆盖范围不同的载频区域,进而满足了不同 应用场景的需求, 实现了广覆盖, 大容量的需求。 The base station can determine different carrier frequency regions according to the requirements of the specific application scenario of the M2M, and can also determine carrier frequency regions with different coverage ranges according to different application scenarios, thereby satisfying the requirements of different application scenarios and achieving a wide range. Coverage, high volume demand.
302、 所述基站将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道; 302. The base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel.
本实施例中, 所述基站所划分的专用信道的具体个数不作限定,但至少要 使得所述基站已确定的增强的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围的各载频区域均与所述专 用信道对应。 In this embodiment, the specific number of dedicated channels allocated by the base station is not limited, but at least the carrier frequency regions of the coverage of the enhanced cellular network that the base station has determined correspond to the dedicated channel.
本实施例以所述专用信道为三个为例进行说明: 即所述专用信道包括: 第 一专用信道、 第二专用信道和第三专用信道。 The embodiment is described by taking the dedicated channel as three as an example: that is, the dedicated channel includes: a first dedicated channel, a second dedicated channel, and a third dedicated channel.
其中, 所述第一专用信道与所述第一载频区域对应, 即位于所述第一载频 区域的用户设备根据所述第一专用信道确定调度信息以及用于发送上行数据 的数据信道。 The first dedicated channel corresponds to the first carrier frequency region, that is, the user equipment located in the first carrier frequency region determines scheduling information and a data channel for transmitting uplink data according to the first dedicated channel.
所述第二专用信道与所述第二载频区域对应,即位于所述第二载频区域的 用户设备根据所述第二专用信道确定调度信息以及用于发送上行数据的数据 信道。 The second dedicated channel corresponds to the second carrier frequency region, that is, the user equipment located in the second carrier frequency region determines scheduling information and a data channel for transmitting uplink data according to the second dedicated channel.
所述第三专用信道与所述第三载频区域对应,即位于所述第三载频区域的 用户设备根据所述第三专用信道确定调度信息以及用于发送上行数据的数据 信道。 The third dedicated channel corresponds to the third carrier frequency region, that is, the user equipment located in the third carrier frequency region determines scheduling information and a data channel for transmitting uplink data according to the third dedicated channel.
本实施例各个载频区域均与一个专用信道对应为举例进行说明,具体载频 区域与专用信道的对应方式不作限定,例如可多个载频区域均与同一个专用信 道对应。 In this embodiment, each carrier frequency region is associated with a dedicated channel as an example. The specific carrier frequency region and the dedicated channel are not limited. For example, multiple carrier frequency regions may correspond to the same dedicated channel.
303、 所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号; 所述基站具体如何设置帧号的请见图 1和图 2所示的实施例,在本实施例 中不作详述, 即因所述基站在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号, 则所述第 一专用信道上的任意位置均与一个所述公共信道的一个帧的帧号对应,所述第
二专用信道上的任意位置均与一个所述公共信道的一个帧的帧号对应。 303. The base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule. For how the base station sets a frame number, see the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, in this embodiment. Without detailed description, since the base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel, any position on the first dedicated channel corresponds to a frame number of one frame of the common channel. Narrative Any position on the two dedicated channels corresponds to the frame number of one frame of one of the common channels.
304、 所述基站将所述预置规则发送给所述用户设备; 304. The base station sends the preset rule to the user equipment.
即本实施例中, 若所述用户设备位于所述第一载频区域, 则所述用户设备 确定所述第一专用信道, 并可确定在所述第一专用信道上任意位置, 并确定该 任意位置所位于的当前帧,并确定相对于当前帧的下一个第一专用信道的帧上 的调度信道, 以确定任意位置与调度信道之间间隔所述公共信道的帧的数量。 In this embodiment, if the user equipment is located in the first carrier frequency region, the user equipment determines the first dedicated channel, and may determine an arbitrary location on the first dedicated channel, and determine the The current frame in which the location is located, and the scheduling channel on the frame of the next first dedicated channel relative to the current frame is determined to determine the number of frames separating the common channel between the arbitrary location and the scheduling channel.
具体确定方式请见图 1和图 2所示实施例, 在本实施例中不做赘述。 用户设备根据已确定的间隔所述公共信道的帧的数量确定位于所述普通 载频区域上的所述用户设备是否休眠以节省功耗。 For details, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, and details are not described in this embodiment. The user equipment determines whether the user equipment located on the normal carrier frequency area is dormant according to the determined number of frames of the common channel to save power consumption.
305、 所述基站在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息; 305. The base station sets system information in each frame of the common channel.
306、 所述基站建立映射表; 306. The base station establishes a mapping table.
307、 所述基站将所述映射表发送给用户设备; 307. The base station sends the mapping table to a user equipment.
308、 所述基站确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标帧, 并在所述第一 目标帧中设置所述第一序号; 308. The base station determines that the frame changed by the system information is a first target frame, and sets the first sequence number in the first target frame.
309、 所述基站确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标帧, 并在所述第 二目标帧中设置所述第二序号; 309. The base station determines that the frame whose system information is not changed is a second target frame, and sets the second sequence number in the second target frame.
310、 所述基站在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号; 310. The base station sets a synchronization signal in each frame of the common channel.
本实施例中步骤 304至步骤 310与图 2所示的步骤 203至步骤 209过程相 同, 在本实施例中不作限定。 The steps 304 to 310 in this embodiment are the same as the steps 203 to 209 shown in FIG. 2, and are not limited in this embodiment.
即通过本实施例使得所述基站可根据 M2M的需求确定覆盖范围不同的载 频区域,从而增加了蜂窝网络的覆盖范围, 满足了不同的 M2M应用场景的需 求,且其在现有的蜂窝网的频谱资源的基础上釆用块扩频、符号扩频或比特扩 频的方式, 本实施例可共用现有的蜂窝网络的天馈和射频器件, 节省了成本。 且通过本实施例使得位于不同覆盖区域的载频区域内的用户设备均可确定与 该载频区域对应的专用信道上任意位置距离下一个调度信道之间间隔几个公 共信道的帧, 从而确定是否进行休眠以节省功耗。 That is, the base station can determine the carrier frequency range with different coverage according to the requirements of the M2M, thereby increasing the coverage of the cellular network, meeting the requirements of different M2M application scenarios, and being in the existing cellular network. Based on the spectrum resource, block spread spectrum, symbol spread spectrum or bit spread spectrum is used. This embodiment can share the antenna feeder and radio frequency device of the existing cellular network, thereby saving cost. And the user equipment in the carrier frequency region located in different coverage areas can determine that a frame of several common channels is separated from the next scheduling channel by any position on the dedicated channel corresponding to the carrier frequency region, so as to determine Whether to sleep or not to save power.
图 1至图 3所示的实施例从基站侧说明了信道资源配置方法,以下结合图 4所示的实施例详细说明用户设备如何实现休眠控制方法的: The embodiment shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 illustrates the channel resource configuration method from the base station side. The following describes the user equipment how to implement the sleep control method in conjunction with the embodiment shown in FIG. 4:
401、 用户设备确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道;
因基站可根据 M2M具体应用场景的需求确定各载频区域, 进而用户设备 开机后首先确定其位于的载频区域为目标载频区域。 401. The user equipment determines a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region where the user equipment is located; The base station can determine each carrier frequency region according to the requirements of the specific application scenario of the M2M, and then the user equipment first determines that the carrier frequency region in which it is located is the target carrier frequency region.
例如, 若用户设备开机后确定其位于不需要进行扩频的第一载频区域, 则 用户设备确定所述第一载频区域为所述目标载频区域。 For example, if the user equipment determines that it is located in the first carrier frequency region that does not need to be spread, the user equipment determines that the first carrier frequency region is the target carrier frequency region.
若用户设备开机后确定其位于需要进行扩频的第二载频区域,则用户设备 确定所述第二载频区域为所述目标载频区域。 If the user equipment determines that it is located in the second carrier frequency region that needs to be spread, the user equipment determines that the second carrier frequency region is the target carrier frequency region.
其中, 所述载频区域的具体设置方式请见图 3所示实施例,在本实施例中 不做赘述。 For the specific setting manner of the carrier frequency region, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described in this embodiment.
用户设备确定其位于的目标载频区域后,进一步的确定与所处的目标载频 区域对应的专用信道; After determining, by the user equipment, the target carrier frequency region, the user equipment further determines a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region;
其中, 所述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道。 所述专用信道的具体格式 请见图 1所示的实施例。 The dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel. The specific format of the dedicated channel is shown in the embodiment shown in FIG.
402、 所述用户设备确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置; 402. The user equipment determines a target location located on the dedicated channel.
所述用户设备确定位于所述专用信道上需要判断是否进行休眠的位置为 所述目标位置。 The user equipment determines that the location on the dedicated channel that needs to determine whether to sleep is the target location.
403、 所述用户设备确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号, 得到目 标帧号; 403. The user equipment determines a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number.
由图 1至图 3所示的实施例可知,所述专用信道上任意位置均与所述公共 信道上的一个帧号对应, 则用户设备即可确定与所述目标位置对应的目标帧 号。 It can be seen from the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 that any position on the dedicated channel corresponds to a frame number on the common channel, and the user equipment can determine the target frame number corresponding to the target location.
其中, 所述帧号为所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置 的, 具体请见图 1和图 2所示实施例, 在本实施例中不做赞述。 The frame number is set in the frame of the common channel by the base station according to a preset rule. For details, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, which is not described in this embodiment.
404、 所述用户设备根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位 置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 404. The user equipment determines, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target quantity.
其中, 所述预置规则为所述公共信道上的帧号的编号方式; The preset rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel;
所述目标调度信道所处的所述专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的 下一个帧; a frame of the dedicated channel on which the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
即用户设备根据所述预置规则即可确定位于所述专用信道上任一位置与 下一个调度信道之间间隔几个所述公共信道的帧。
405、 所述用户设备确定所述目标数量是否大于或等于预置阔值, 若是, 则进行步骤 406, 若否, 则进行步骤 407; That is, the user equipment can determine, according to the preset rule, a frame that is located between any of the locations on the dedicated channel and the next scheduling channel. 405, the user equipment determines whether the target number is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, if yes, proceed to step 406, and if not, proceed to step 407;
其中,该阔值可为用户设备根据自身需要设定的,也可为所述基站确定的, 所述基站将已确定的该阔值通过系统广播发送给用户设备。本实施例对所述阔 值的具体发送方式以及生成方式不作限定。 The threshold may be set by the user equipment according to the needs of the user equipment, and may be determined by the base station, and the base station sends the determined threshold to the user equipment by using the system broadcast. In this embodiment, the specific sending manner and the generating manner of the threshold are not limited.
且若所述用户设备即可确定若所述目标位置距离下一个专用信道帧的目 标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量为 2个,则所述用户设备不进行 休眠。 And if the user equipment determines that the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel of the next dedicated channel frame is two, the user equipment does not sleep.
406、 所述用户设备进入休眠状态; 406. The user equipment enters a sleep state.
则所述用户设备进行休眠,具体休眠的时间为经过所述目标数量的公共信 道的帧长后醒来以接收专用信道上的所述目标调度信道上的调度信息。 Then, the user equipment performs sleep, and the specific sleep time is waking up after the frame length of the target number of common channels to receive scheduling information on the target scheduling channel on the dedicated channel.
例如, 若所述用户设备将该阔值确定为 4, 且若所述用户设备即可确定若 所述目标位置距离下一个专用信道帧的目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信 道帧的数量为 6个, 则所述用户设备进行休眠, 具体休眠的时间经过 6个公共 信道的帧,即经过 6个公共信道的帧后所述用户设备醒来以接收专用信道上的 所述目标调度信道上的调度信息。 For example, if the user equipment determines the threshold to be 4, and if the user equipment can determine the number of the common channel frames if the target location is separated from the target scheduling channel of the next dedicated channel frame. If the number is 6, the user equipment is dormant, and the specific sleep time passes through frames of 6 common channels, that is, after the frames of 6 common channels, the user equipment wakes up to receive the target scheduling channel on the dedicated channel. Scheduling information on.
407、 所述用户设备不进入休眠状态。 407. The user equipment does not enter a sleep state.
因所述目标位置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量 较少, 无需进行休眠。 Since the number of targets of the common channel frame spaced between the target location and the target scheduling channel is small, no sleep is required.
例如, 若所述用户设备将该阔值确定为 4, 若所述用户设备即可确定若所 述目标位置距离下一个专用信道帧的目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道 帧的数量为 2个, 则所述用户设备不进行休眠。 For example, if the user equipment determines the threshold to be 4, the user equipment may determine that the number of the common channel frames if the target location is separated from the target scheduling channel of the next dedicated channel frame is 2, the user equipment does not sleep.
本实施例中, 用户设备能够确定与专用信道上不同位置对应的帧号, 进而 用户设备可根据帧号确定所述目标位置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共 信道帧的目标数量, 并可判断所述目标数量是否大于或等于预置阔值, 若是, 则用户设备进行休眠以节省功耗, 若否, 则用户设备无需进行休眠。 In this embodiment, the user equipment can determine a frame number corresponding to a different location on the dedicated channel, and the user equipment can determine, according to the frame number, a target number of the common channel frame that is spaced between the target location and the target scheduling channel, and It can be determined whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold. If yes, the user equipment sleeps to save power consumption. If not, the user equipment does not need to perform sleep.
图 4所示的实施例详细说明用户设备如何实现休眠控制方法的,以下结合 图 5所示的实施例说明所述用户设备是如何确定所述目标位置的: The embodiment shown in FIG. 4 details how the user equipment implements the sleep control method. The following describes an embodiment of FIG. 5 to describe how the user equipment determines the target location:
501、 用户设备确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道;
本实施例中所述步骤 501与图 4所示的步骤 401过程相同,在本实施例中 不做赘述。 501. The user equipment determines a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region where the user equipment is located; The step 501 in the embodiment is the same as the step 401 shown in FIG. 4, and is not described in this embodiment.
502、 所述用户设备接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则; 502. The user equipment receives the preset rule sent by the base station.
所述用户设备可通过系统广播接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则。 The user equipment may receive the preset rule sent by the base station by using a system broadcast.
503、 所述用户设备确定其在所述专用信道上的开机位置; 503. The user equipment determines a booting location on the dedicated channel.
504、 所述用户设备确定与所述开机位置对应的同步信号; 专用信道同步的同步信号, 系统信息, 用于指示所述系统信息是否发生变更的 系统信息变更指示信息以及该帧的帧号。 504. The user equipment determines a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location, a synchronization signal of the dedicated channel synchronization, system information, system information change indication information used to indicate whether the system information is changed, and a frame number of the frame.
所述用户设备可确定与所述开机位置对应的所述公共信道的帧,并解析与 所述开机位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中的所述同步信号,即所述同步信号位 于与所述开机位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中。 The user equipment may determine a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting location, and parse the synchronization signal in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting location, that is, the synchronization signal is located at a location The frame of the common channel corresponding to the boot position.
所述用户设备根据所述同步信号确定其开机位置是否与所述基站的时钟 同步。 The user equipment determines whether its power-on position is synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal.
505、 所述用户设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站是否 时钟同步, 若是, 则进行步骤 506, 若否, 则进行步骤 507; 505, the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment and the base station are clock synchronized, if yes, proceed to step 506, and if not, proceed to step 507;
506、 所述用户确定所述开机位置为所述目标位置; 506. The user determines that the booting location is the target location.
507、 所述用户设备确定在所述专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位 置; 507. The user equipment determines that a location for completing clock synchronization on the dedicated channel is an update location.
508、 所述用户设备确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧 号; 若是, 则进行步骤 509, 若否, 则进行步骤 510; 508, the user equipment determines whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded; if yes, proceed to step 509, and if not, proceed to step 510;
509、 所述用户设备确定所述更新位置为所述目标位置; 509. The user equipment determines that the update location is the target location.
即若所述用户设备确定可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧号,则 确定当前更新位置为所述目标位置。 That is, if the user equipment determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded, it determines that the current update location is the target location.
510、 所述用户设备继续接收所述公共信道的帧, 直至所述用户设备可解 码出所述目标帧号; 510. The user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel, until the user equipment can decode the target frame number.
若所述用户设备无法解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧号,则用户 设备继续接收所述公共信道的帧,直至信号强度积累到一定程度以使得所述用 户设备可解码出所述目标帧号为止。
511、 所述用户设备确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号的位置 为所述目标位置; If the user equipment cannot decode the target frame number corresponding to the update location, the user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel until the signal strength is accumulated to a certain extent, so that the user equipment can decode the The target frame number is described. 511. The user equipment determines that a location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
512、 所述用户设备确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号, 得到目 标帧号; 512. The user equipment determines a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number.
513、 所述用户设备根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位 置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 513. The user equipment determines, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames that are separated between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target quantity.
514、 所述用户设备确定所述目标数量是否大于或等于预置阔值, 若是, 则进行步骤 515, 若否, 则进行步骤 516; 514, the user equipment determines whether the target number is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, and if so, proceed to step 515, and if not, proceed to step 516;
515、 所述用户设备进入休眠状态; 515. The user equipment enters a sleep state.
516、 所述用户设备不进入休眠状态。 516. The user equipment does not enter a sleep state.
本实施例中所示步骤 512至步骤 516与图 4所示的步骤 403至步骤 407 过程相同, 在本实施例中不做赞述。 The steps 512 to 516 shown in this embodiment are the same as the steps 403 to 407 shown in FIG. 4, and are not described in this embodiment.
图 5所示的实施例说明所述用户设备是如何确定所述目标位置的,以下结 合图 6所示的实施例说明如何进一步降低所述用户设备的功耗的: The embodiment shown in Figure 5 illustrates how the user equipment determines the target location. The following embodiment, in conjunction with Figure 6, illustrates how to further reduce the power consumption of the user equipment:
601、 用户设备确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道; 601. The user equipment determines a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region where the user equipment is located;
602、 所述用户设备接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则; 602. The user equipment receives the preset rule sent by the base station.
603、 所述用户设备确定其在所述专用信道上的开机位置; 603. The user equipment determines a booting location on the dedicated channel.
604、 所述用户设备确定与所述开机位置对应的同步信号; 604. The user equipment determines a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location.
本实施例所示的步骤 601至步骤 604所示的过程与图 5所示的步骤 501 至步骤 504过程相同, 在本实施例中不做赞述。 The processes shown in steps 601 to 604 shown in this embodiment are the same as the processes from step 501 to step 504 shown in FIG. 5, and are not described in this embodiment.
605、 所述用户设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站时钟 不同步,则所述用户设备确定在所述专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位 置; 605. The user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, that the user equipment is not synchronized with the clock of the base station, and the user equipment determines that a location for completing clock synchronization on the dedicated channel is an update position.
本实施例以所述用户设备与所述基站时钟不同步为例进行说明; In this embodiment, the user equipment and the base station clock are not synchronized as an example;
606、 所述用户设备接收所述基站发送的映射表; 606. The user equipment receives a mapping table sent by the base station.
所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示系统信息变更的第一指示信息的对 应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信息未变更的第二指示信息的对应 关系; The mapping table includes a correspondence relationship between the first serial number and the first indication information for indicating system information change, and a correspondence relationship between the second serial number and the second indication information for indicating that the system information is not changed;
该系统信息 (SIB )定义了诸如公共信道的配置、 空闲模式移动性参数、
系统捕获信息等与所述基站有关的信息。 The system information (SIB) defines configurations such as common channels, idle mode mobility parameters, The system captures information such as information related to the base station.
所述用户设备可通过系统广播或控制信道接收所述映射表。 The user equipment can receive the mapping table via a system broadcast or control channel.
607、 若所述用户设备确定与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中设 置的序号为所述第一序号,则所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序 号对应的所述第一指示信息; 607. If the user equipment determines that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the first sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, that the number is corresponding to the first sequence number. The first indication information;
608、 所述用户设备根据所述第一指示信息确定目标系统消息变更; 其中, 所述目标系统消息位于与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧 中; 608. The user equipment determines, according to the first indication information, a target system message change, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
609、 所述用户设备解析所述目标系统消息; 609. The user equipment parses the target system message.
610、 若所述用户设备确定与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中设 置的序号为所述第二序号,则所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第二序 号对应的所述第二指示信息; 610. If the user equipment determines that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the second sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, that the second sequence number is corresponding to the second sequence number. The second indication information;
611、 所述用户设备根据所述第二指示信息确定目标系统消息未变更; 其中, 所述目标系统消息位于与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧 中; 611. The user equipment determines that the target system message is not changed according to the second indication information, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
且若用户设备确定目标系统消息未变更, 则无需解析所述目标系统消息。 And if the user equipment determines that the target system message has not changed, there is no need to parse the target system message.
612、 所述用户设备确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧 号; 若是, 则进行步骤 613, 若否, 则进行步骤 614; 612, the user equipment determines whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded; if yes, proceed to step 613, and if not, proceed to step 614;
613、 所述用户设备确定所述更新位置为所述目标位置; 613. The user equipment determines that the update location is the target location.
614、 所述用户设备继续接收所述公共信道的帧, 直至所述用户设备可解 码出所述目标帧号; 614. The user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel, until the user equipment can decode the target frame number.
615、 所述用户设备确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号的位置 为所述目标位置; 615. The user equipment determines that a location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
本实施例中通过步骤 613或步骤 615确定所述目标位置后进行步骤 616; 616、 所述用户设备确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号, 得到目 标帧号; In the embodiment, the target location is determined by step 613 or step 615, and then step 616 is performed. 616. The user equipment determines a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number.
617、 所述用户设备根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位 置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 617. The user equipment determines, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target quantity.
618、 所述用户设备确定所述目标数量是否大于或等于预置阔值, 若是,
则进行步骤 619, 若否, 则进行步骤 621 ; 618. The user equipment determines whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, and if yes, Then proceed to step 619, if not, proceed to step 621;
619、 所述用户设备进入休眠状态; 619. The user equipment enters a sleep state.
620、若所述用户设备确定经过所述目标数量, 则所述用户设备自动开机; 即所述用户设备接收到经过所述目标数量的公共信道的帧后所述用户设 备自动开机。 620. If the user equipment determines that the target quantity is passed, the user equipment is automatically powered on; that is, the user equipment automatically starts up after receiving the frame of the target number of common channels.
621、 所述用户设备不进入休眠状态; 621. The user equipment does not enter a sleep state.
622、 所述用户设备确定目标数据信道; 622. The user equipment determines a target data channel.
所述目标数据信道所处的所述专用信道的帧与所述目标调度信道所处的 帧相同; a frame of the dedicated channel on which the target data channel is located is the same as a frame in which the target scheduling channel is located;
623、 所述用户设备根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信息通过所述目标数 据信道发送上行数据。 623. The user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
本实施例中, 用户设备解码所述序号即可确定所述系统信息是否发生变 更,使得用户设备无需解码复杂的指示信息,从而有效的降低了用户设备解码 过程的复杂度, 从而有利于降低用户设备的成本, 减少时延, 更进一步的降低 用户设备的功耗。且若用户设备根据所述第一序号确定所述系统信息变更, 则 用户设备解析系统信息变更的公共信道的帧,从而重新获取已经改变的系统信 息, 进而重新获取该系统信息变更的公共信道的帧上的公共信道的配置、 空闲 模式移动性参数、 系统捕获信息等与所述基站有关的信息。若用户设备根据所 述第二序号确定所述系统信息没有变更,则用户设备无需解析系统信息未变更 的公共信道的帧,从而使得用户设备可根据系统信息是否发生变更的具体情况 确定是否解析系统信息,避免了若系统信息没有发生变更, 而用户设备重复解 析系统信息所造成的功耗的浪费。 In this embodiment, the user equipment can decode the sequence number to determine whether the system information is changed, so that the user equipment does not need to decode complex indication information, thereby effectively reducing the complexity of the user equipment decoding process, thereby reducing the user. The cost of the device reduces latency and further reduces the power consumption of the user equipment. And if the user equipment determines that the system information is changed according to the first sequence number, the user equipment parses the frame of the common channel changed by the system information, thereby reacquiring the changed system information, and reacquiring the common channel of the system information change. Information about the base station on the frame, idle mode mobility parameters, system acquisition information, and the like. If the user equipment determines that the system information is not changed according to the second sequence, the user equipment does not need to parse the frame of the common channel whose system information has not been changed, so that the user equipment can determine whether to analyze the system according to whether the system information changes or not. The information avoids the waste of power consumption caused by repeated analysis of system information by the user equipment if the system information is not changed.
为更好的理解本发明实施例,以下举具体应用场景对本发明实施例进行详 细说明; For a better understanding of the embodiments of the present invention, the embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below with reference to specific application scenarios;
本应用场景应用于蜂窝网络的频谱资源,并基于现有的蜂窝网络的频谱资 源设计可实现广覆盖的通信网络,且本应用场景所提供的可实现广覆盖的通信 网络可共用现有蜂窝网络的天馈和射频器件, 因而实现的成本较低; The application scenario is applied to the spectrum resource of the cellular network, and the communication network of the existing cellular network is designed to realize a wide coverage communication network, and the communication network provided by the application scenario capable of achieving wide coverage can share the existing cellular network. Antenna and RF devices, thus achieving lower costs;
从而使得基于本应用场景所提供的通信网络可适用于需求不同的 M2M; 在本应用场景中,如图 7所示, 标号 701所示的覆盖区域为现有的蜂窝网
络的覆盖范围; Therefore, the communication network provided based on the application scenario can be applied to different M2Ms. In this application scenario, as shown in FIG. 7, the coverage area indicated by reference numeral 701 is an existing cellular network. Coverage of the network;
标号 702所示的覆盖区域为无需扩频的第一载频区域; The coverage area indicated by reference numeral 702 is the first carrier frequency region without spreading;
所述第一载频区域的覆盖范围相对于现有的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围可增强 The coverage of the first carrier frequency region can be enhanced relative to the coverage of an existing cellular network
10dB; 10dB;
标号 703所示的覆盖区域为第二载频区域; The coverage area indicated by reference numeral 703 is a second carrier frequency region;
所述第二载频区域的覆盖范围相对于现有的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围可增强 20dB; The coverage of the second carrier frequency region can be increased by 20 dB with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network;
标号 704所示的覆盖区域为第三载频区域; The coverage area indicated by reference numeral 704 is a third carrier frequency region;
所述第三载频区域的覆盖范围相对于现有的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围可增强 30dB; The coverage of the third carrier frequency region can be increased by 30 dB with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network;
具体的, 第二覆盖区域和第三覆盖区域釆用了时域扩频的方式; 其中, 第二覆盖区域和第三覆盖区域釆用扩频的具体方式可为块扩频、符 号扩频或比特扩频; Specifically, the second coverage area and the third coverage area are in a time domain spreading manner; wherein the specific manner of spreading the second coverage area and the third coverage area may be block spreading, symbol spreading, or Bit spread spectrum
基站将下行信道划分为公共信道 CCH和专用信道 DCH; The base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel CCH and a dedicated channel DCH;
其中,所述公共信道 CCH的数量可为一个,且所述公共信道 CCH的每个 帧上包括但不限于同步信号、用于指示所述系统信息是否发生变更的系统信息 变更指示信息、 系统信息以及该帧的帧号; The number of the common channel CCHs may be one, and each frame of the common channel CCH includes, but is not limited to, a synchronization signal, system information change indication information, or system information, used to indicate whether the system information is changed. And the frame number of the frame;
所述同步信号、用于指示所述系统信息是否发生变更的系统信息变更指示 信息、 系统信息以及该帧的帧号的前后关系只是一种举例, 具体顺序可为任意 的; The synchronization signal, the system information change indication information for indicating whether the system information is changed, the system information, and the context of the frame number of the frame are only an example, and the specific order may be arbitrary;
所述公共信道 CCH的数量可为二个,第一个公共信道 CCH的每个帧上设 置有所述同步信号; 第二个公共信道 CCH的每个帧上设置有系统信息变更指 示信息、 系统信息以及该帧的帧号; The number of the common channel CCH may be two, and the synchronization signal is set on each frame of the first common channel CCH; the system information change indication information and system are set on each frame of the second common channel CCH Information and the frame number of the frame;
需明确的是, 所述公共信道 CCH的数量以上为举例进行说明, 具体数目 不做限定, 且每个所述公共信道 CCH上每个帧上的信息不作限定, 只要各个 专用信道 DCH上任意位置均与公共信道 CCH上的帧对应即可。 It should be clarified that the number of the common channel CCH is described by way of example, and the specific number is not limited, and the information on each frame of each common channel CCH is not limited, as long as the dedicated channel DCH is anywhere. Both can correspond to frames on the common channel CCH.
在本应用场景中, 所述公共信道 CCH以 1个为例进行说明; In this application scenario, the common channel CCH is described by taking one example as an example;
所述基站所划分的专用信道 DCH具体的具体数目不作限定; 可以使得所 划分的各个专用信道 DCH 与不同的覆盖区域对应, 也可使得一个专用信道
DCH与一个覆盖区域对应; The specific number of dedicated channels DCH divided by the base station is not limited; the divided dedicated channels DCH may be corresponding to different coverage areas, and one dedicated channel may also be made. DCH corresponds to a coverage area;
即所述基站可为多个覆盖范围不同的载频区域上分别分配一个所述专用 信道, 或在覆盖范围相同的载频区域上分配多个所述专用信道, 具体如何分配 在本实施例中不作限定。 That is, the base station may allocate one of the dedicated channels to a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage ranges, or allocate a plurality of the dedicated channels on a carrier frequency region with the same coverage area, how to allocate in the embodiment. Not limited.
在本应用场景中, 所述专用信道 DCH包括 DCH1、 DCH2和 DCH3; 其中, DCH1与第一覆盖区域对应, 即位于所述第一覆盖区域内的用户设 备通过 DCH1发送上行数据; In this application scenario, the dedicated channel DCH includes DCH1, DCH2, and DCH3. The DCH1 corresponds to the first coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the first coverage area sends uplink data through DCH1.
DCH2与第二覆盖区域对应, 即位于所述第二覆盖区域内的用户设备通过 DCH2发送上行数据; The DCH2 corresponds to the second coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the second coverage area sends uplink data through the DCH2.
DCH3与第三覆盖区域对应, 即位于所述第三覆盖区域内的用户设备通过 The DCH3 corresponds to the third coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the third coverage area passes
DCH3发送上行数据; DCH3 sends uplink data;
具体的, 每个 DCH1、 DCH2和 DCH3上承载三类信道, 即包括上行调度 信息的信道(PUTCH)、 下行调度信息的信道 (PDTCH)以及数据信道; Specifically, each of DCH1, DCH2, and DCH3 carries three types of channels, that is, a channel including uplink scheduling information (PUTCH), a channel for downlink scheduling information (PDTCH), and a data channel;
在本应用场景中, 如图 8所示, DCH1的帧长是 CCH帧长的 8倍, DCH1 的每个帧长为 100ms; In this application scenario, as shown in Figure 8, the frame length of DCH1 is 8 times longer than the CCH frame length, and each frame length of DCH1 is 100 ms.
其中, DCH1的一个帧中标号 801所示的信道为所述 PUTCH, 标号 802 所示的信道为 PDTCH, 标号 803所示的信道数据信道; The channel indicated by the label 801 in one frame of the DCH1 is the PUTCH, and the channel indicated by the label 802 is the channel data channel indicated by the PDTCH and the label 803;
DCH2的帧长是 DCH1的帧长的 8倍, DCH2的帧长是 8*100 ms; The frame length of DCH2 is 8 times of the frame length of DCH1, and the frame length of DCH2 is 8*100 ms;
其中, DCH2的一个帧中标号 804所示的信道为所述 PUTCH, 标号 805 所示的信道为 PDTCH, 标号 806所示的信道数据信道; The channel indicated by reference numeral 804 in one frame of DCH2 is the PUTCH, and the channel indicated by reference numeral 805 is a channel data channel indicated by PDTCH and reference numeral 806;
DCH3的帧长是 DCH2的帧长的 8倍, DCH2的帧长是 64* 100 ms; 其中, DCH3的一个帧中标号 807所示的信道为所述 PUTCH, 标号 808 所示的信道为 PDTCH, 标号 809所示的信道数据信道; The frame length of DCH3 is 8 times of the frame length of DCH2, and the frame length of DCH2 is 64*100 ms. The channel indicated by reference numeral 807 in one frame of DCH3 is the PUTCH, and the channel indicated by reference numeral 808 is PDTCH. a channel data channel indicated by reference numeral 809;
所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个帧中 (图 8 所示的标号 801 所示的帧)设置帧号; The base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel (a frame indicated by reference numeral 801 shown in FIG. 8) according to a preset rule;
所述预置规则为所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号 进行编号的编号方式; The preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number located in each frame of the common channel;
在本应用场景中在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置有三个帧号,第一个帧号 与第一覆盖区域对应, 第二个帧号与第二覆盖区域对应, 第三个帧号与第三覆
盖区域对应; In this application scenario, three frame numbers are set in each frame of the common channel, the first frame number corresponds to the first coverage area, the second frame number corresponds to the second coverage area, and the third frame number With the third The cover area corresponds;
所述基站根据所述预置规则在 CCH的第一帧上的三个帧号为 0/0/0,下一 个 CCH帧上的帧号为 1/0/0 第八个帧上的帧号为 7/0/0; 第九个 CCH帧上 的帧号为 0/1/0 直到第 512个 CCH帧上的帧号为 7/7/7; The frame number of the base station on the first frame of the CCH is 0/0/0 according to the preset rule, and the frame number on the next CCH frame is 1/0/0. 7/0/0; the frame number on the ninth CCH frame is 0/1/0 until the frame number on the 512th CCH frame is 7/7/7;
即本应用场景中, 各个 CCH帧上的第一个帧号与 DCH1上位置对应, 以 使位于不同 DCH1上的位置与不同的 CCH帧上的第一个帧号对应; That is, in the application scenario, the first frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH1, so that the locations on different DCH1s correspond to the first frame numbers on different CCH frames;
各个 CCH帧上的第二个帧号与 DCH2上位置对应, 以使位于不同 DCH2 上的位置与不同的 CCH帧上的第二个帧号对应; The second frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH2, so that the locations on different DCH2s correspond to the second frame numbers on different CCH frames;
各个 CCH帧上的第三个帧号与 DCH3上位置对应, 以使位于不同 DCH3 上的位置与不同的 CCH帧上的第三个帧号对应; The third frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH3, so that the positions on different DCH3s correspond to the third frame numbers on different CCH frames;
所述基站将其已确定的所述预置规则通过系统广播发送给所述用户设备, 以使所述用户设备确定所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧 号进行编号的编号方式; Sending, by the base station, the preset rule that has been determined to the user equipment by using a system broadcast, so that the user equipment determines that the base station performs the frame number in each frame of the common channel. Numbering method
且每一个 CCH帧上还包括有: 所述系统信息、 用以指示系统信息是否变 更的序号、 同步信号以及帧号; 其中, 前后关系只是举例; And each CCH frame further includes: the system information, a sequence number for indicating whether the system information is changed, a synchronization signal, and a frame number; wherein, the context is only an example;
其中, CCH 的一个帧上也可指包括两个个帧号, 第一个帧号与第二覆盖 区域对应, 第二个帧号与第三覆盖区域对应; The frame of the CCH may also include two frame numbers, where the first frame number corresponds to the second coverage area, and the second frame number corresponds to the third coverage area.
因考虑到开关射频链路的时间开销,在实际的蜂窝通信网络中,位于第一 覆盖区域的用户设备在开机时确定其位于该无需扩频的第一覆盖区域时,即开 始尝试接收调度信息而不需要进行休眠,则基站无需为与第一覆盖区域分配帧 号; In the actual cellular communication network, the user equipment located in the first coverage area determines that it is located in the first coverage area that does not need to be spread, and then starts to try to receive scheduling information. Without dormancy, the base station does not need to allocate a frame number with the first coverage area;
在本应用场景中, 以基站为第一覆盖区域分配帧号为例进行说明; 所述基站建立映射表,所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示所述系统信息 变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信息未变 更的第二指示信息的对应关系; In this application scenario, the base station is configured to allocate a frame number to the first coverage area as an example. The base station establishes a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a first serial number and first indication information used to indicate that the system information is changed. Correspondence relationship, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information for indicating that the system information is not changed;
所述基站通过系统广播或 CCH将该映射表发送给用户设备; Sending, by the base station, the mapping table to the user equipment by using a system broadcast or a CCH;
所述基站确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标帧,并在所述第一目标帧 中设置所述第一序号; Determining, by the base station, that the frame changed by the system information is a first target frame, and setting the first sequence number in the first target frame;
所述基站确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标帧,并在所述第二目标
帧中设置所述第二序号; Determining, by the base station, that the frame whose system information has not been changed is a second target frame, and in the second target Setting the second serial number in the frame;
当用户设备开机时, 用户设备需确定其位于的载频区域; When the user equipment is powered on, the user equipment needs to determine the carrier frequency region in which it is located;
所述用户设备在一个 CCH帧长时间内进行相关获得一个相关峰, 若该相 关峰超过某个门限, 该用户设备认为自己位于第一覆盖区域; The user equipment obtains a correlation peak in a CCH frame for a long time, and if the correlation peak exceeds a certain threshold, the user equipment considers that it is located in the first coverage area;
若该相关峰未超过某个门限, 则该用户设备会连续接收多个(从第 2 个 If the correlation peak does not exceed a certain threshold, the user equipment will receive multiple consecutively (from the second
CCH帧开始最多到第 8个 CCH帧 ) CCH帧长时间内的数据进行合并后再做 相关获得一个相关峰; The CCH frame starts up to the 8th CCH frame. The data in the CCH frame is merged for a long time and then correlated to obtain a correlation peak.
若该相关峰超过某个门限, 该用户设备确定位于第二覆盖区域; If the correlation peak exceeds a certain threshold, the user equipment determines to be located in the second coverage area;
否则连续接收多个(从 9个 CCH帧开始最多到 64个 CCH帧) CCH帧长 时间内的数据后做上述同样的操作,如果超过门限, 该用户设备认为自己位于 第三覆盖区域, 否则认为没有网络存在; Otherwise, multiple consecutive receptions (up to 64 CCH frames from 9 CCH frames). The CCH frame performs the same operation after the data for a long time. If the threshold is exceeded, the user equipment considers itself to be in the third coverage area. Otherwise, it is considered No network exists;
在本应用场景中, 若用户设备确定其位于第一覆盖区域, 则用户设备确定 与第一覆盖区域对应的专用信道 DCH1; In this application scenario, if the user equipment determines that it is located in the first coverage area, the user equipment determines a dedicated channel DCH1 corresponding to the first coverage area;
所述用户设备确定其在 DCH1上的开机位置; The user equipment determines its boot position on DCH1;
在本应用场景中,用户设备确定与 DCH1上的开机位置对应的 CCH的帧; 所述用户设备根据与 DCH1上的开机位置对应的 CCH的帧上的同步信息 确定 DCH1上的开机位置是否与基站时钟同步; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines a frame of the CCH corresponding to the boot position on the DCH1; the user equipment determines whether the boot position on the DCH1 is related to the base station according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the boot position on the DCH1. Clock synchronization;
在本应用场景中, 以用户设备根据与 DCH1上的开机位置对应的 CCH的 帧上的同步信息确定 DCH1上的开机位置与基站时钟同步为例进行说明; 所述用户设备确定该 DCH1上的开机位置为目标位置; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines that the power-on position on the DCH1 is synchronized with the base station clock according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the power-on position on the DCH1. The user equipment determines that the power-on is on the DCH1. The location is the target location;
所述用户设备接收所述基站发送的映射表,并确定与 DCH1上的目标位置 对应的 CCH的帧上的所设置的是第一序号还是第二序号; Receiving, by the user equipment, a mapping table sent by the base station, and determining whether the first sequence number or the second sequence number is set on a frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1;
本应用场景中以所述用户设备确定与 DCH1上的目标位置对应的 CCH的 帧上的所设置的是第一序号为例进行说明; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines that the first sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1 as an example;
因所述用户设备确定与 DCH1上的目标位置对应的 CCH的帧上的所设置 的是第一序号,则所述用户设备根据所述映射表确定与所述第一序号对应的用 于指示系统信息变更的第一指示信息; And determining, by the user equipment, that the first sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1, the user equipment determines, according to the mapping table, an indication system corresponding to the first sequence number. First indication information of information change;
所述用户设备根据所述第一指示信息确定目标系统消息变更; Determining, by the user equipment, a target system message change according to the first indication information;
所述用户设备解析所述目标系统消息;
本应用场景中, 所述用户设备确定该 DCH1上的目标位置对应的 CCH的 帧上的帧号为 4/0/0; The user equipment parses the target system message; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1 is 4/0/0;
所述用户设备接收所述基站通过系统广播发送的所述预置规则,则用户设 备根据所述预置规则确定位于 DCH1第一个帧上的调度信道对应的 CCH的帧 上的帧号为 0/0/0、位于 DCH1第二个帧上的调度信道对应的 CCH的帧上的帧 号为 0/1/0 以此类推; The user equipment receives the preset rule that is sent by the base station by using the system broadcast, and the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the first frame of the DCH1 is 0. /0/0, the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the second frame of DCH1 is 0/1/0 and so on;
在本应用场景中, 所述用户设备确定该 DCH1上的目标位置对应的 CCH 的帧上的帧号为 4/0/0, 则所述用户设备确定该目标位置位于所述 DCH1上的 第一个帧上,则用户设备根据所述预置规则确定与所述 DCH1上的第二个帧上 的调度信道对应的所述 CCH的帧上的帧号为 0/1/0; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1 is 4/0/0, and the user equipment determines that the target location is located on the DCH1. On the frame, the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel on the second frame on the DCH1 is 0/1/0;
则用户设备根据帧号 0/1/0和帧号 4/0/0确定所述目标位置与目标调度信道 之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量为 4个 CCH的帧; The user equipment determines, according to the frame number 0/1/0 and the frame number 4/0/0, that the target number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel is 4 CCH frames;
其中, 所述目标调度信道所位于 DCH1 上的帧为所述目标位置所位于 DCH1上的帧的下一个帧; The frame on the DCH1 of the target scheduling channel is the next frame of the frame where the target location is located on the DCH1;
本应用场景中, 所述用户设备确定所述目标数量是否大于或等于预置阔 值; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold;
其中, 该预置阔值可为 4, 因本应用场景中所述目标数量等于所述预置阔 值, 则用户设备确定进入休眠状态; The preset threshold may be 4, because the target number in the application scenario is equal to the preset threshold, the user equipment determines to enter a sleep state;
若所述用户设备确定经过 4个 CCH帧的时长,则所述用户设备自动开机; 即在本应用场景中, 所述用户设备自动开机后确定目标数据信道; 其中,所述目标数据信道所处的所述专用信道的帧与所述目标调度信道所 处的帧相同; If the user equipment determines the duration of the four CCH frames, the user equipment is automatically powered on; that is, in the application scenario, the user equipment automatically turns on the target data channel; wherein the target data channel is located The frame of the dedicated channel is the same as the frame in which the target scheduling channel is located;
即在本应用场景中, 所述目标数据信道与所述目标调度信道位于所述 DCH1的第二个帧上; That is, in the application scenario, the target data channel and the target scheduling channel are located on a second frame of the DCH1;
所述用户设备根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信息通过所述目标数据信 道发送上行数据。 The user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
在本应用场景中, 若用户设备确定其位于第二覆盖区域, 则所述用户设备 确定与第二覆盖区域对应的第二专用信道 DCH2; In this application scenario, if the user equipment determines that it is located in the second coverage area, the user equipment determines a second dedicated channel DCH2 corresponding to the second coverage area;
所述用户设备确定其在 DCH2上的开机位置;
在本应用场景中,用户设备确定与 DCH2上的开机位置对应的 CCH的帧; 所述用户设备根据与 DCH2上的开机位置对应的 CCH的帧上的同步信息 确定 DCH2上的开机位置是否与基站时钟同步; The user equipment determines its boot position on the DCH 2; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines a frame of the CCH corresponding to the boot position on the DCH 2; the user equipment determines whether the boot position on the DCH 2 is related to the base station according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the boot position on the DCH 2 Clock synchronization;
在本应用场景中, 以用户设备根据与 DCH2上的开机位置对应的 CCH的 帧上的同步信息确定 DCH2上的开机位置与基站时钟不同步为例进行说明; 所述用户设备确定在所述第二专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位 置; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines that the power-on location on the DCH2 is not synchronized with the base station clock according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the power-on position on the DCH2; the user equipment determines that the The location where the clock synchronization is completed on the two dedicated channels is the update location;
所述用户设备接收所述基站发送的映射表,并确定与 DCH2上的更新位置 对应的 CCH的帧上的所设置的是第一序号还是第二序号; Receiving, by the user equipment, a mapping table sent by the base station, and determining whether the first sequence number or the second sequence number is set on a frame of the CCH corresponding to the update location on the DCH2;
本应用场景中以所述用户设备确定与 DCH2上的更新位置对应的 CCH的 帧上的所设置的是第二序号为例进行说明; In the application scenario, the user equipment determines that the second sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the update location on the DCH2.
因所述用户设备确定与 DCH2上的更新位置对应的 CCH的帧上的所设置 的是第二序号,则所述用户设备根据所述映射表确定与所述第二序号对应的用 于指示系统信息变更的第二指示信息; And the user equipment determines, according to the mapping table, a system for indicating the system corresponding to the second sequence number, because the user equipment determines that the second sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the update location on the DCH2. Second indication information of the information change;
所述用户设备根据所述第二指示信息确定目标系统消息未变更; Determining, by the user equipment, that the target system message is not changed according to the second indication information;
则所述用户设备无需解析所述系统消息; The user equipment does not need to parse the system message;
所述用户设备确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧号; 例如, 若与所述开机位置对应的 CCH的帧号为 4/0/0, 与所述更新位置对 应的 CCH的帧号为 0/5/0, 由于帧号 0/5/0前面的几个帧号中的第二个帧号为 4、 3、 2、 1...; 帧号 0/5/0后面几个帧号中的第二个帧号为 6、 7 ; Determining, by the user equipment, whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable; for example, if a frame number of the CCH corresponding to the boot location is 4/0/0, corresponding to the update location The frame number of the CCH is 0/5/0, because the second frame number of several frame numbers preceding the frame number 0/5/0 is 4, 3, 2, 1...; frame number 0/5/ The second frame number in the following several frame numbers is 6, 7;
即帧号 0/5/0前面的几个帧号中的第二个帧号与后面几个帧号中的第二个 帧号不相同, 则信号强度不够, 用户设备无法解码出与所述更新位置对应的所 述目标帧号; That is, the second frame number of the several frame numbers preceding the frame number 0/5/0 is different from the second frame number of the subsequent frame numbers, the signal strength is insufficient, and the user equipment cannot decode the Updating the target frame number corresponding to the location;
例如, 若与所述开机位置对应的 CCH的帧号为 2/0/0, 与所述更新位置对 应的 CCH的帧号为 5/0/0, 即帧号 5/0/0前面的几个帧号中的第二个帧号与后 面几个帧号中的第二个帧号相同 (均为 0 ), 用户设备可解码出与所述更新位 置对应的所述目标帧号; For example, if the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the boot position is 2/0/0, the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the update position is 5/0/0, that is, the number in front of the frame number 5/0/0. The second frame number of the frame numbers is the same as the second frame number of the subsequent frame numbers (all 0), and the user equipment can decode the target frame number corresponding to the update position;
本应用场景中,以用户设备确定不可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目 标帧号为例进行说明:
所述用户设备继续接收所述公共信道的帧,直至所述用户设备可解码出所 述目标帧号; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location cannot be decoded as an example: The user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel until the user equipment can decode the target frame number;
所述用户设备确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号的位置为所 述目标位置。 The user equipment determines that the location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
本应用场景中, 所述用户设备确定该 DCH2上的目标位置对应的 CCH的 帧上的帧号为 7/1/0; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH2 is 7/1/0;
所述用户设备接收所述基站通过系统广播发送的所述预置规则,则用户设 备根据所述预置规则确定位于 DCH2第一个帧上的调度信道对应的 CCH的帧 上的帧号为 0/0/0、位于 DCH2第二个帧上的调度信道对应的 CCH的帧上的帧 号为 0/0/1 以此类推; The user equipment receives the preset rule that is sent by the base station by using the system broadcast, and the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the first frame of the DCH2 is 0. /0/0, the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the second frame of DCH2 is 0/0/1 and so on;
在本应用场景中, 所述用户设备确定该 DCH2上的目标位置对应的 CCH 的帧上的帧号为 7/1/0, 则所述用户设备确定该目标位置位于所述 DCH2上的 第一个帧上,则用户设备根据所述预置规则确定与所述 DCH2上的第二个帧上 的调度信道对应的所述 CCH的帧上的帧号为 0/0/1; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH2 is 7/1/0, and the user equipment determines that the target location is located on the DCH2. On the frame, the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel on the second frame on the DCH2 is 0/0/1;
则用户设备根据帧号 7/1/0和帧号 0/0/1确定所述目标位置与目标调度信道 之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量; The user equipment determines, according to the frame number 7/1/0 and the frame number 0/0/1, the target number of the common channel frame between the target location and the target scheduling channel;
其中, 所述目标调度信道所位于 DCH2 上的帧为所述目标位置所位于 DCH2上的帧的下一个帧; The frame on the DCH2 of the target scheduling channel is the next frame of the frame where the target location is located on the DCH2;
所述用户设备确定所述目标数量是否大于或等于预置阔值; Determining, by the user equipment, whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold;
本应用场景中,以所述用户设备确定所述目标数量小于所述预置阔值为例 进行说明, 则因本应用场景中, 所述目标数量小于所述预置阔值, 则所述用户 设备无需进行休眠。 In this application scenario, the user equipment determines that the number of the target is smaller than the preset threshold. In the application scenario, if the target quantity is smaller than the preset threshold, the user is used. The device does not need to sleep.
所述用户设备根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信息通过所述目标数据信 道发送上行数据。 The user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
以下结合图 9 所示的实施例对本发明实施例所提供的基站的具体结构进 行详细说明; The specific structure of the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail below with reference to the embodiment shown in FIG. 9;
该基站具体包括: The base station specifically includes:
划分单元 901, 用于将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道, 所述公共信 道用于传输系统信息, 所述专用信道用于传输数据,且所述专用信道包括调度
信道和数据信道; The dividing unit 901 is configured to divide the downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel is used for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel includes scheduling Channel and data channel;
在本实施例中, 用于传输数据的专用信道可为多个, 具体数目在本发明实 施例中不作限定。 In this embodiment, the dedicated channel for transmitting data may be multiple, and the specific number is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
具体的,所述基站在多个覆盖范围不同的载频区域上分别分配所述专用信 道; Specifically, the base station separately allocates the dedicated channel on multiple carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas;
其中,基站可为多个覆盖范围不同的载频区域上分别分配一个所述专用信 道, 或在覆盖范围相同的载频区域上分配多个所述专用信道, 具体如何分配在 本实施例中不作限定。 The base station may allocate one of the dedicated channels to a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas, or allocate a plurality of the dedicated channels on a carrier frequency region with the same coverage area, and how to allocate the specific channels in this embodiment. limited.
所述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道,基站通过所述调度信道给用户设 备发送调度信息, 用户设备根据所述调度信息的指示发送上行数据。 The dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel, and the base station sends scheduling information to the user equipment through the scheduling channel, and the user equipment sends the uplink data according to the indication of the scheduling information.
第一设置单元 902, 用于按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧 号,所述预置规则为所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号进 行编号的编号方式,且根据所述预置规则使得每一个帧中的所述帧号分别与所 述专用信道不同位置对应,以使用户设备可确定与所述专用信道的目标位置对 应的目标帧号,并根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与目 标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量,所述目标调度信道所处的 所述专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧。 a first setting unit 902, configured to set a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule, where the preset rule is that the base station is in the frame located in each frame of the common channel No. numbering mode, and the frame numbers in each frame are respectively corresponding to different positions of the dedicated channel according to the preset rule, so that the user equipment can determine the target position corresponding to the dedicated channel. a target frame number, and determining, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where the dedicated scheduling channel is located The frame of the channel is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located.
本实施例中, 划分单元 901可将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道,且 所述基站在多个覆盖范围不同的载频区域上分别分配所述专用信道,第一设置 单元 902在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置帧号,并分别建立所述帧号与所述专 用信道上不同位置的对应关系,以使得用户设备能够确定与专用信道上不同位 置对应的帧号,以使用户设备可根据帧号确定其是否需要进行休眠以接收下一 个专用信道帧上的调度信息, 从而有效的降低用户设备的功耗。 In this embodiment, the dividing unit 901 may divide the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel, and the base station separately allocates the dedicated channel on a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage ranges, and the first setting unit 902 is configured by Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, and respectively establishing a correspondence between the frame number and different positions on the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a frame number corresponding to a different location on the dedicated channel, so that the user The device can determine whether it needs to sleep to receive the scheduling information on the next dedicated channel frame according to the frame number, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment.
图 9 所示的实施例对本发明实施例所提供的基站的具体结构进行详细说 明, 以下结合图 10所示实施例说明能够对公共信道进行划分的基站的具体结 构; The specific structure of the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9. The specific structure of the base station capable of dividing the common channel is described below with reference to the embodiment shown in FIG.
所述基站包括: The base station includes:
划分单元 1001, 用于将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道, 所述公共 信道用于传输系统信息, 所述专用信道用于传输数据,且所述专用信道包括调
度信道和数据信道; The dividing unit 1001 is configured to divide the downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel is used for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel includes Degree channel and data channel;
第一设置单元 1002, 用于按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置 帧号,所述预置规则为所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号 进行编号的编号方式,且根据所述预置规则使得每一个帧中的所述帧号分别与 所述专用信道不同位置对应,以使用户设备可确定与所述专用信道的目标位置 对应的目标帧号,并根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与 目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量,所述目标调度信道所处 的所述专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧; a first setting unit 1002, configured to set a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule, where the preset rule is that the base station is in the frame located in each frame of the common channel No. numbering mode, and the frame numbers in each frame are respectively corresponding to different positions of the dedicated channel according to the preset rule, so that the user equipment can determine the target position corresponding to the dedicated channel. a target frame number, and determining, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where the dedicated scheduling channel is located The frame of the channel is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located;
第一发送单元 1003, 用于将所述预置规则发送给所述用户设备; 第二设置单元 1004, 用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息; 建立单元 1005, 用于建立映射表, 所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示 所述系统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述 系统信息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; a first sending unit 1003, configured to send the preset rule to the user equipment; a second setting unit 1004, configured to set system information in each frame of the common channel; and an establishing unit 1005, configured to establish a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information used to indicate that the system information is not changed. Relationship
第二发送单元 1006, 用于将所述映射表发送给用户设备; The second sending unit 1006 is configured to send the mapping table to the user equipment.
第一确定单元 1007, 用于确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标帧, 并 在所述第一目标帧中设置所述第一序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确 定与所述第一序号对应的所述第一指示信息; a first determining unit 1007, configured to determine that the frame of the system information change is a first target frame, and set the first sequence number in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines by using the mapping table The first indication information corresponding to the first serial number;
第二确定单元 1008, 用于确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标帧, 并在所述第二目标帧中设置所述第二序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表 确定与所述第二序号对应的所述第二指示信息; a second determining unit 1008, configured to determine that the frame whose system information is not changed is a second target frame, and set the second serial number in the second target frame, so that the user equipment passes the mapping table Determining the second indication information corresponding to the second serial number;
第三设置单元 1009, 用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号, 以 使所述用户设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备是否与所述基站的时钟 同步。 The third setting unit 1009 is configured to set a synchronization signal in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
本实施例中, 第二设置单元 1004在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信 息,建立单元 1005建立用于指示所述用户设备该系统信息是否变更的映射表, 第三设置单元 1009在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号, 以使所述用户 设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备是否与所述基站的时钟同步。通过本 实施例使得用户设备能够接收到该帧号、 系统信息、第一序号或第二序号以及 同步信号, 以获取对应的信息,且用户设备解析序号即可确定系统信息是否发
生变更, 没有变更则无需解析系统信息, 从而有效的降低了用户设备的功耗。 图 9至图 10所示实施例说明了可实现信道资源配置的基站的具体结构, 以下结合图 11所示实施例对可自动进行休眠以节省功耗的用户设备的具体结 构进行详细说明: In this embodiment, the second setting unit 1004 sets system information in each frame of the common channel, and the establishing unit 1005 establishes a mapping table for indicating whether the system information of the user equipment is changed, and the third setting unit 1009 is A synchronization signal is set in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station. The user equipment can receive the frame number, the system information, the first serial number or the second serial number, and the synchronization signal to obtain the corresponding information, and the user equipment resolves the serial number to determine whether the system information is sent. The change of the user, without change, does not need to analyze the system information, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment. The embodiment shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 10 illustrates a specific structure of a base station that can implement channel resource configuration. The specific structure of the user equipment that can automatically perform sleep to save power is described in detail below with reference to the embodiment shown in FIG.
该用户设备具体包括: The user equipment specifically includes:
第三确定单元 1101, 用于确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道; 其 中, 所述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道; a third determining unit 1101, configured to determine a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region, where the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
第四确定单元 1102, 用于确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置; 第五确定单元 1103, 用于确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号, 得到目标帧号, 其中, 所述帧号为所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个 帧中设置的; a fourth determining unit 1102, configured to determine a target location on the dedicated channel; a fifth determining unit 1103, configured to determine a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where The frame number is set by the base station in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule;
第六确定单元 1104, 用于根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述 目标位置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 其中, 所述预置规则为所述公共信道上的帧号的编号方式, 所述目标调度信道 所处的所述专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧; a sixth determining unit 1104, configured to determine, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target number; Setting a rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
第七确定单元 1105, 用于若确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值, 则 所述用户设备进入休眠状态。 The seventh determining unit 1105 is configured to: if it is determined that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state.
本实施例中, 第五确定单元 1103能够确定与专用信道上不同位置对应的 帧号, 进而第六确定单元 1104可根据帧号确定所述目标位置与目标调度信道 之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量, 若第七确定单元 1105判断出所述目 标数量大于或等于预置阔值, 则进行休眠以节省功耗。 In this embodiment, the fifth determining unit 1103 can determine a frame number corresponding to a different location on the dedicated channel, and the sixth determining unit 1104 can determine the common channel between the target location and the target scheduling channel according to the frame number. The target number of frames, if the seventh determining unit 1105 determines that the target number is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, then performs sleep to save power consumption.
图 11所示实施例对可自动进行休眠以节省功耗的用户设备的具体结构进 行详细说明, 以下结合图 12所示的实施例说明可确定所述目标位置的用户设 备的具体结构: The embodiment shown in Fig. 11 details the specific structure of the user equipment that can automatically perform sleep to save power. The specific structure of the user equipment that can determine the target location is described below with reference to the embodiment shown in Fig. 12:
所述用户设备具体包括: The user equipment specifically includes:
第三确定单元 1201, 用于确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道; 其 中, 所述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道; a third determining unit 1201, configured to determine a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region, where the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
第一接收单元 1202, 用于接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则。 The first receiving unit 1202 is configured to receive the preset rule sent by the base station.
第四确定单元 1203, 用于确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置;
第五确定单元 1204, 用于确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号, 得到目标帧号, 其中, 所述帧号为所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个 帧中设置的; a fourth determining unit 1203, configured to determine a target location located on the dedicated channel; a fifth determining unit 1204, configured to determine a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is each frame of the common channel of the base station according to a preset rule Set in
第六确定单元 1205, 用于根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述 目标位置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 其中, 所述预置规则为所述公共信道上的帧号的编号方式, 所述目标调度信道 所处的所述专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧; a sixth determining unit 1205, configured to determine, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target number; Setting a rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
第七确定单元 1206, 用于若确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值, 则 所述用户设备进入休眠状态; The seventh determining unit 1206 is configured to: if it is determined that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state;
其中, 所述第四确定单元 1203具体包括: The fourth determining unit 1203 specifically includes:
第一确定模块 12031, 用于确定其在所述专用信道上的开机位置; 第二确定模块 12032, 用于确定与所述开机位置对应的同步信号, 所述同 步信号位于与所述开机位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; a first determining module 12031, configured to determine a booting position on the dedicated channel; a second determining module 12032, configured to determine a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location, where the synchronization signal is located corresponding to the booting location In the frame of the common channel;
第三确定模块 12033, 用于根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基 站的时钟同步, 则所述用户确定所述开机位置为所述目标位置; a third determining module 12033, configured to determine, according to the synchronization signal, that the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station, where the user determines that the booting location is the target location;
第四确定模块 12034, 用于若根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述 基站的时钟不同步, 则确定在所述专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位 置; a fourth determining module 12034, configured to determine, when the user equipment is not synchronized with the clock of the base station, according to the synchronization signal, determine that a location for completing clock synchronization on the dedicated channel is an update position;
第五确定模块 12035, 用于确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述 目标帧号; a fifth determining module 12035, configured to determine whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable;
第六确定模块 12036, 用于若所述第五确定模块确定可解码出与所述更新 位置对应的所述目标帧号, 则确定所述更新位置为所述目标位置; The sixth determining module 12036 is configured to: if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable, determine that the updated location is the target location;
第七确定模块 12037, 用于若所述第五确定模块确定不可解码出与所述更 新位置对应的所述目标帧号,则确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号 的位置为所述目标位置。 a seventh determining module 12037, configured to determine, when the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is not decritable, determine a location where the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel Is the target location.
图 12所示的实施例说明可确定所述目标位置的用户设备的具体结构: 以 下结合图 13所示实施例说明进一步降低功耗的用户设备的具体结构; The embodiment shown in FIG. 12 illustrates a specific structure of a user equipment that can determine the target location: The specific structure of the user equipment that further reduces power consumption is described below in conjunction with the embodiment shown in FIG.
该用户设备具体包括; The user equipment specifically includes
第三确定单元 1301, 用于确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道; 其
中, 所述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道; a third determining unit 1301, configured to determine a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region; The dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
第一接收单元 1302, 用于接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则; The first receiving unit 1302 is configured to receive the preset rule sent by the base station;
第四确定单元 1303, 用于确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置; 第二接收单元 1304, 用于接收所述基站发送的映射表, 所述映射表包括 第一序号与用于指示系统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号 与用于指示所述系统信息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; a fourth determining unit 1303, configured to determine a target location located on the dedicated channel. The second receiving unit 1304 is configured to receive a mapping table sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a first serial number and is used to indicate system information. Corresponding relationship between the changed first indication information, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information for indicating that the system information is not changed;
第八确定单元 1305, 用于若确定与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的 帧中设置的序号为所述第一序号,则所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述 第一序号对应的所述第一指示信息; The eighth determining unit 1305 is configured to determine, by using the mapping table, the first number by using the mapping table, if the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is determined to be the first sequence number. The first indication information corresponding to the serial number;
所述第八确定单元 1305还用于, 若确定与所述目标位置对应的所述公共 信道的帧中设置的序号为所述第二序号,则所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定 与所述第二序号对应的所述第二指示信息; The eighth determining unit 1305 is further configured to: if it is determined that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the second sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, The second indication information corresponding to the second serial number;
第九确定单元 1306, 用于根据所述第一指示信息确定目标系统消息变更, 所述目标系统消息位于与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; a ninth determining unit 1306, configured to determine, according to the first indication information, a target system message change, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
所述第九确定单元 1306还用于, 根据所述第二指示信息确定目标系统消 息未变更, 所述目标系统消息位于与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧 中; The ninth determining unit 1306 is further configured to: determine, according to the second indication information, that the target system message is not changed, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
第十确定单元 1307, 用于解析所述目标系统消息; a tenth determining unit 1307, configured to parse the target system message;
第五确定单元 1308, 用于确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号, 得到目标帧号, 其中, 所述帧号为所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个 帧中设置的; a fifth determining unit 1308, configured to determine a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is each frame of the common channel of the base station according to a preset rule Set in
第六确定单元 1309, 用于根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述 目标位置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 其中, 所述预置规则为所述公共信道上的帧号的编号方式, 所述目标调度信道 所处的所述专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧; a sixth determining unit 1309, configured to determine, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target number; Setting a rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
第七确定单元 1310, 用于若确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值, 则 所述用户设备进入休眠状态; The seventh determining unit 1310 is configured to: if it is determined that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state;
第十一确定单元 1311, 用于若确定经过所述目标数量, 则所述用户设备 自动开机;
第十二确定单元 1312, 用于确定目标数据信道, 所述目标数据信道所处 的所述专用信道的帧与所述目标调度信道所处的帧相同; The eleventh determining unit 1311 is configured to: if it is determined that the target quantity is passed, the user equipment is automatically powered on; a twelfth determining unit 1312, configured to determine a target data channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target data channel is located is the same as a frame where the target scheduling channel is located;
第十三确定单元 1313, 用于根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信息通过所 述目标数据信道发送上行数据。 The thirteenth determining unit 1313 is configured to send uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
其中, 所述第四确定单元 1303具体包括: The fourth determining unit 1303 specifically includes:
第一确定模块 13031, 用于确定其在所述专用信道上的开机位置; 第二确定模块 13032, 用于确定与所述开机位置对应的同步信号, 所述同 步信号位于与所述开机位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; a first determining module 13031, configured to determine a booting position on the dedicated channel; a second determining module 13032, configured to determine a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location, where the synchronization signal is located corresponding to the booting location In the frame of the common channel;
第三确定模块 13033, 用于根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基 站的时钟同步, 则所述用户确定所述开机位置为所述目标位置; a third determining module 13033, configured to determine, according to the synchronization signal, that the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station, where the user determines that the booting location is the target location;
第四确定模块 13034, 用于若根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述 基站的时钟不同步, 则确定在所述专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位 置; The fourth determining module 13034 is configured to determine, when the user equipment is not synchronized with the clock of the base station, according to the synchronization signal, determine that the location where the clock synchronization is completed on the dedicated channel is an update position;
第五确定模块 13035, 用于确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述 目标帧号; a fifth determining module 13035, configured to determine whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable;
第六确定模块 13036, 用于若所述第五确定模块确定可解码出与所述更新 位置对应的所述目标帧号, 则确定所述更新位置为所述目标位置; The sixth determining module 13036 is configured to determine, if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable, determine the updated location as the target location;
第七确定模块 13037, 用于若所述第五确定模块确定不可解码出与所述更 新位置对应的所述目标帧号,则确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号 的位置为所述目标位置。 The seventh determining module 13037 is configured to determine, if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is not decritable, determine a location where the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel. Is the target location.
本实施例中, 所述第八确定单元 1305解码所述序号即可使得所述第九确 定单元 1306确定所述系统信息是否发生变更, 使得用户设备无需解码复杂的 指示信息,从而有效的降低了用户设备解码过程的复杂度,从而有利于降低用 户设备的成本, 减少时延, 更进一步的降低用户设备的功耗。 且若第八确定单 元 1305根据所述第一序号确定所述系统信息变更,则第十确定单元 1307解析 系统信息变更的公共信道的帧,从而重新获取已经改变的系统信息, 进而重新 获取该系统信息变更的公共信道的帧上的公共信道的配置、空闲模式移动性参 数、 系统捕获信息等与所述基站有关的信息。 若所述第八确定单元 1305根据 所述第二序号确定所述系统信息没有变更,则用户设备无需解析系统信息未变
更的公共信道的帧,从而使得用户设备可根据系统信息是否发生变更的具体情 况确定是否解析系统信息,避免了若系统信息没有发生变更, 而用户设备重复 解析系统信息所造成的功耗的浪费。 In this embodiment, the eighth determining unit 1305 can decode the sequence number to enable the ninth determining unit 1306 to determine whether the system information is changed, so that the user equipment does not need to decode complex indication information, thereby effectively reducing the number. The complexity of the user equipment decoding process is beneficial to reducing the cost of the user equipment, reducing the delay, and further reducing the power consumption of the user equipment. And if the eighth determining unit 1305 determines the system information change according to the first sequence number, the tenth determining unit 1307 parses the frame of the common channel in which the system information is changed, thereby reacquiring the changed system information, and reacquiring the system. Information about the base station on the frame of the common channel of the information change, idle mode mobility parameter, system acquisition information, and the like. If the eighth determining unit 1305 determines that the system information is not changed according to the second sequence number, the user equipment does not need to analyze that the system information has not changed. The frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment can determine whether to analyze the system information according to the specific situation of whether the system information changes, and avoid the waste of power consumption caused by the user equipment repeatedly analyzing the system information if the system information is not changed. .
本发明还提供了一种通信网络, 该通信通信网络包括: The invention also provides a communication network, the communication communication network comprising:
如图 9至图 10所示的基站以及如图 11至图 13所示的用户设备。 The base station shown in Figures 9 through 10 and the user equipment shown in Figures 11 through 13 are shown.
为更好的理解本发明实施例所提供的基站以及用户设备,以下举具体应用 场景进行详细说明; For a better understanding of the base station and the user equipment provided by the embodiments of the present invention, a specific application scenario is described in detail below;
本应用场景应用于蜂窝网络的频谱资源,并基于现有的蜂窝网络的频语资 源设计可实现广覆盖的通信网络,且本应用场景所提供的可实现广覆盖的通信 网络可共用现有蜂窝网络的天馈和射频器件, 因而实现的成本较低; The application scenario is applied to the spectrum resource of the cellular network, and the communication network of the existing cellular network is designed to realize a wide coverage communication network, and the communication network provided by the application scenario capable of achieving wide coverage can share the existing cellular Network antennas and RF devices, thus achieving lower costs;
从而使得基于本应用场景所提供的通信网络可适用于需求不同的 M2M; 在本应用场景中,如图 7所示, 标号 701所示的覆盖区域为现有的蜂窝网 络的覆盖范围; Therefore, the communication network provided by the application scenario can be applied to M2Ms with different requirements; in this application scenario, as shown in FIG. 7, the coverage area indicated by reference numeral 701 is the coverage of the existing cellular network;
标号 702所示的覆盖区域为无需扩频的第一载频区域; The coverage area indicated by reference numeral 702 is the first carrier frequency region without spreading;
所述第一载频区域的覆盖范围相对于现有的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围可增强 The coverage of the first carrier frequency region can be enhanced relative to the coverage of an existing cellular network
10dB; 10dB;
标号 703所示的覆盖区域为第二载频区域; The coverage area indicated by reference numeral 703 is a second carrier frequency region;
所述第二载频区域的覆盖范围相对于现有的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围可增强 20dB; The coverage of the second carrier frequency region can be increased by 20 dB with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network;
标号 704所示的覆盖区域为第三载频区域; The coverage area indicated by reference numeral 704 is a third carrier frequency region;
所述第三载频区域的覆盖范围相对于现有的蜂窝网络的覆盖范围可增强 30dB; The coverage of the third carrier frequency region can be increased by 30 dB with respect to the coverage of the existing cellular network;
具体的, 第二覆盖区域和第三覆盖区域釆用了时域扩频的方式; Specifically, the second coverage area and the third coverage area use a time domain spreading manner;
其中, 第二覆盖区域和第三覆盖区域釆用扩频的具体方式可为块扩频、符 号扩频或比特扩频; The specific manner of spreading the second coverage area and the third coverage area may be block spreading, symbol spreading or bit spreading;
基站的划分单元 1001将下行信道划分为公共信道 CCH和专用信道 DCH; 其中,所述公共信道 CCH的数量可为一个,且所述公共信道 CCH的每个 帧上包括但不限于同步信号、用于指示所述系统信息是否发生变更的系统信息 变更指示信息、 系统信息以及该帧的帧号;
所述同步信号、用于指示所述系统信息是否发生变更的系统信息变更指示 信息、 系统信息以及该帧的帧号的前后关系只是一种举例, 具体顺序可为任意 的; The dividing unit 1001 of the base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel CCH and a dedicated channel DCH; wherein the number of the common channel CCHs may be one, and each frame of the common channel CCH includes but is not limited to a synchronization signal, System information change indication information, system information, and a frame number of the frame indicating whether the system information has changed; The synchronization signal, the system information change indication information for indicating whether the system information is changed, the system information, and the context of the frame number of the frame are only an example, and the specific order may be arbitrary;
所述公共信道 CCH的数量可为二个,第一个公共信道 CCH的每个帧上设 置有所述同步信号; 第二个公共信道 CCH的每个帧上设置有系统信息变更指 示信息、 系统信息以及该帧的帧号; The number of the common channel CCH may be two, and the synchronization signal is set on each frame of the first common channel CCH; the system information change indication information and system are set on each frame of the second common channel CCH Information and the frame number of the frame;
需明确的是, 所述公共信道 CCH的数量以上为举例进行说明, 具体数目 不做限定, 且每个所述公共信道 CCH上每个帧上的信息不作限定, 只要各个 专用信道 DCH上任意位置均与公共信道 CCH上的帧对应即可。 It should be clarified that the number of the common channel CCH is described by way of example, and the specific number is not limited, and the information on each frame of each common channel CCH is not limited, as long as the dedicated channel DCH is anywhere. Both can correspond to frames on the common channel CCH.
在本应用场景中, 所述公共信道 CCH以 1个为例进行说明; In this application scenario, the common channel CCH is described by taking one example as an example;
所述基站的划分单元 1001所划分的专用信道 DCH具体的具体数目不作限 定; 可以使得所划分的各个专用信道 DCH与不同的覆盖区域对应, 也可使得 一个专用信道 DCH与一个覆盖区域对应; The specific number of dedicated channels DCH divided by the dividing unit 1001 of the base station is not limited; the divided dedicated channels DCH may be corresponding to different coverage areas, and one dedicated channel DCH may be corresponding to one coverage area;
即所述基站的划分单元 1001可为多个覆盖范围不同的载频区域上分别分 配一个所述专用信道, 或在覆盖范围相同的载频区域上分配多个所述专用信 道, 具体如何分配在本实施例中不作限定。 That is, the dividing unit 1001 of the base station may allocate one dedicated channel to each of a plurality of carrier frequency regions with different coverage ranges, or allocate a plurality of the dedicated channels on a carrier frequency region with the same coverage area, how to allocate This embodiment is not limited.
在本应用场景中, 所述专用信道 DCH包括 DCH1、 DCH2和 DCH3; 其中, DCH1与第一覆盖区域对应, 即位于所述第一覆盖区域内的用户设 备通过 DCH1发送上行数据; In this application scenario, the dedicated channel DCH includes DCH1, DCH2, and DCH3. The DCH1 corresponds to the first coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the first coverage area sends uplink data through DCH1.
DCH2与第二覆盖区域对应, 即位于所述第二覆盖区域内的用户设备通过 The DCH2 corresponds to the second coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the second coverage area passes
DCH2发送上行数据; DCH2 sends uplink data;
DCH3与第三覆盖区域对应, 即位于所述第三覆盖区域内的用户设备通过 DCH3发送上行数据; The DCH3 corresponds to the third coverage area, that is, the user equipment located in the third coverage area sends uplink data through the DCH3.
具体的, 每个 DCH1、 DCH2和 DCH3上承载三类信道, 即包括上行调度 信息的信道(PUTCH)、 下行调度信息的信道 (PDTCH)以及数据信道; Specifically, each of DCH1, DCH2, and DCH3 carries three types of channels, that is, a channel including uplink scheduling information (PUTCH), a channel for downlink scheduling information (PDTCH), and a data channel;
在本应用场景中, 如图 8所示, DCH1的帧长是 CCH帧长的 8倍, DCH1 的每个帧长为 100ms; In this application scenario, as shown in Figure 8, the frame length of DCH1 is 8 times longer than the CCH frame length, and each frame length of DCH1 is 100 ms.
其中, DCH1的一个帧中标号 801所示的信道为所述 PUTCH, 标号 802 所示的信道为 PDTCH, 标号 803所示的信道数据信道;
DCH2的帧长是 DCH1的帧长的 8倍, DCH2的帧长是 8*100 ms; The channel indicated by the numeral 801 in one frame of the DCH1 is the PUTCH, and the channel indicated by the numeral 802 is the channel data channel indicated by the PDTCH and the label 803; The frame length of DCH2 is 8 times of the frame length of DCH1, and the frame length of DCH2 is 8*100 ms;
其中, DCH2的一个帧中标号 804所示的信道为所述 PUTCH, 标号 805 所示的信道为 PDTCH, 标号 806所示的信道数据信道; The channel indicated by reference numeral 804 in one frame of DCH2 is the PUTCH, and the channel indicated by reference numeral 805 is a channel data channel indicated by PDTCH and reference numeral 806;
DCH3的帧长是 DCH2的帧长的 8倍, DCH2的帧长是 64* 100 ms; 其中, DCH3的一个帧中标号 807所示的信道为所述 PUTCH, 标号 808 所示的信道为 PDTCH, 标号 809所示的信道数据信道; The frame length of DCH3 is 8 times of the frame length of DCH2, and the frame length of DCH2 is 64*100 ms. The channel indicated by reference numeral 807 in one frame of DCH3 is the PUTCH, and the channel indicated by reference numeral 808 is PDTCH. a channel data channel indicated by reference numeral 809;
所述基站的第一设置单元 1002按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个帧中 (图 8所示的标号 801所示的帧)设置帧号; The first setting unit 1002 of the base station sets a frame number in each frame of the common channel (frame indicated by reference numeral 801 shown in FIG. 8) according to a preset rule;
所述预置规则为所述基站的第一设置单元 1002对位于所述公共信道的每 一个帧中的所述帧号进行编号的编号方式; The preset rule is a numbering manner in which the first setting unit 1002 of the base station numbers the frame numbers located in each frame of the common channel;
在本应用场景中在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置有三个帧号,第一个帧号 与第一覆盖区域对应, 第二个帧号与第二覆盖区域对应, 第三个帧号与第三覆 盖区域对应; In this application scenario, three frame numbers are set in each frame of the common channel, the first frame number corresponds to the first coverage area, the second frame number corresponds to the second coverage area, and the third frame number Corresponding to the third coverage area;
所述基站的第一设置单元 1002根据所述预置规则在 CCH的第一帧上的三 个帧号为 0/0/0, 下一个 CCH 帧上的帧号为 1/0/0 第八个帧上的帧号为 The first setting unit 1002 of the base station, according to the preset rule, has three frame numbers on the first frame of the CCH as 0/0/0, and the frame number on the next CCH frame is 1/0/0. The frame number on each frame is
7/0/0; 第九个 CCH帧上的帧号为 0/1/0 直到第 512个 CCH帧上的帧号为7/0/0; The frame number on the ninth CCH frame is 0/1/0 until the frame number on the 512th CCH frame is
7/7/7; 7/7/7;
即本应用场景中, 各个 CCH帧上的第一个帧号与 DCH1上位置对应, 以 使位于不同 DCH1上的位置与不同的 CCH帧上的第一个帧号对应; That is, in the application scenario, the first frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH1, so that the locations on different DCH1s correspond to the first frame numbers on different CCH frames;
各个 CCH帧上的第二个帧号与 DCH2上位置对应, 以使位于不同 DCH2 上的位置与不同的 CCH帧上的第二个帧号对应; The second frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH2, so that the locations on different DCH2s correspond to the second frame numbers on different CCH frames;
各个 CCH帧上的第三个帧号与 DCH3上位置对应, 以使位于不同 DCH3 上的位置与不同的 CCH帧上的第三个帧号对应; The third frame number on each CCH frame corresponds to the position on DCH3, so that the positions on different DCH3s correspond to the third frame numbers on different CCH frames;
所述基站的第一发送单元 1003将其已确定的所述预置规则通过系统广播 发送给所述用户设备, 以使所述用户设备的第一接收单元 1302接收该预置规 则以及确定所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号进行编号 的编号方式; The first sending unit 1003 of the base station sends the preset rule that has been determined to the user equipment by using a system broadcast, so that the first receiving unit 1302 of the user equipment receives the preset rule and determines the a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame numbers located in each frame of the common channel;
且每一个 CCH帧上还包括有: 所述系统信息、 用以指示系统信息是否变 更的序号、 同步信号以及帧号; 其中, 前后关系只是举例;
其中, CCH 的一个帧上也可指包括两个个帧号, 第一个帧号与第二覆盖 区域对应, 第二个帧号与第三覆盖区域对应; And each CCH frame further includes: the system information, a sequence number used to indicate whether the system information is changed, a synchronization signal, and a frame number; wherein, the context is only an example; The frame of the CCH may also include two frame numbers, where the first frame number corresponds to the second coverage area, and the second frame number corresponds to the third coverage area.
因考虑到开关射频链路的时间开销,在实际的蜂窝通信网络中,位于第一 覆盖区域的用户设备在开机时确定其位于该无需扩频的第一覆盖区域时,即开 始尝试接收调度信息而不需要进行休眠,则基站无需为与第一覆盖区域分配帧 号; In the actual cellular communication network, the user equipment located in the first coverage area determines that it is located in the first coverage area that does not need to be spread, and then starts to try to receive scheduling information. Without dormancy, the base station does not need to allocate a frame number with the first coverage area;
在本应用场景中, 以基站为第一覆盖区域分配帧号为例进行说明; 所述基站的建立单元 1005建立映射表, 所述映射表包括第一序号与用于 指示所述系统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示 所述系统信息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; In this application scenario, the base station is configured to allocate a frame number to the first coverage area as an example. The base station establishing unit 1005 establishes a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a first serial number and is used to indicate that the system information is changed. Corresponding relationship between the first indication information, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information used to indicate that the system information is not changed;
所述基站的第二发送单元 1006通过系统广播或 CCH将该映射表发送给用 户设备; The second sending unit 1006 of the base station sends the mapping table to the user equipment by using a system broadcast or a CCH;
所述基站的第一确定单元 1007 确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标 帧, 并在所述第一目标帧中设置所述第一序号; The first determining unit 1007 of the base station determines that the frame changed by the system information is a first target frame, and sets the first serial number in the first target frame;
所述基站的第二确定单元 1008确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标 帧, 并在所述第二目标帧中设置所述第二序号; The second determining unit 1008 of the base station determines that the frame whose system information has not been changed is the second target frame, and sets the second serial number in the second target frame;
当用户设备开机时, 用户设备的第三确定单元 1301需确定其位于的载频 区域; When the user equipment is powered on, the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment needs to determine the carrier frequency region in which it is located;
所述用户设备的第三确定单元 1301在一个 CCH帧长时间内进行相关获得 一个相关峰, 若该相关峰超过某个门限, 该用户设备认为自己位于第一覆盖区 域; The third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment obtains a correlation peak in a CCH frame for a long time, and if the correlation peak exceeds a certain threshold, the user equipment considers that it is located in the first coverage area;
若该相关峰未超过某个门限, 则该用户设备的第三确定单元 1301会连续 接收多个(从第 2个 CCH帧开始最多到第 8个 CCH帧) CCH帧长时间内的 数据进行合并后再做相关获得一个相关峰; If the correlation peak does not exceed a certain threshold, the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment continuously receives multiple (up to the 8th CCH frame from the 2nd CCH frame). The CCH frame is merged for a long time. Then do related to get a correlation peak;
若该相关峰超过某个门限, 该用户设备的第三确定单元 1301确定位于第 二覆盖区域; If the correlation peak exceeds a certain threshold, the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment determines that the second coverage area is located;
否则连续接收多个(从 9个 CCH帧开始最多到 64个 CCH帧) CCH帧长 时间内的数据后做上述同样的操作,如果超过门限, 该用户设备的第三确定单 元 1301认为自己位于第三覆盖区域, 否则认为没有网络存在;
在本应用场景中, 若用户设备的第三确定单元 1301确定其位于第一覆盖 区域, 则用户设备的第三确定单元 1301确定与第一覆盖区域对应的专用信道 DCH1 ; Otherwise, multiple consecutive receptions (up to 64 CCH frames from 9 CCH frames) are performed after the data in the CCH frame for a long time, and if the threshold is exceeded, the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment considers that it is located in the first Three coverage areas, otherwise no network exists; In this application scenario, if the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment determines that it is located in the first coverage area, the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment determines the dedicated channel DCH1 corresponding to the first coverage area;
所述用户设备的第一确定模块 13031确定其在 DCH1上的开机位置; 在本应用场景中,用户设备的第一确定模块 13031确定与 DCH1上的开机 位置对应的 CCH的帧; The first determining module 13031 of the user equipment determines its power-on position on the DCH1; in the application scenario, the first determining module 13031 of the user equipment determines a frame of the CCH corresponding to the power-on position on the DCH1;
所述用户设备的第二确定模块 13032根据与 DCH1上的开机位置对应的 CCH的帧上的同步信息确定 DCH1上的开机位置是否与基站时钟同步; The second determining module 13032 of the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the booting position on the DCH1, whether the booting position on the DCH1 is synchronized with the base station clock;
在本应用场景中,以用户设备的第三确定模块 13033根据与 DCH1上的开 机位置对应的 CCH的帧上的同步信息确定 DCH1上的开机位置与基站时钟同 步为例进行说明; In this application scenario, the third determining module 13033 of the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the ON position on the DCH1, that the booting position on the DCH1 is synchronized with the base station clock as an example;
所述用户设备的第三确定模块 13033确定该 DCH1上的开机位置为目标位 置; The third determining module 13033 of the user equipment determines that the booting position on the DCH1 is the target position;
所述用户设备的第二接收单元 1304接收所述基站发送的映射表; 所述用户设备的第八确定单元 1305 确定与 DCH1 上的目标位置对应的 The second receiving unit 1304 of the user equipment receives the mapping table sent by the base station; the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines the target location corresponding to the DCH1.
CCH的帧上的所设置的是第一序号还是第二序号; Whether the first serial number or the second serial number is set on the frame of the CCH;
本应用场景中以所述用户设备的第八确定单元 1305确定与 DCH1上的目 标位置对应的 CCH的帧上的所设置的是第一序号为例进行说明; In the application scenario, the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines that the first sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1.
因所述用户设备的第八确定单元 1305确定与 DCH1上的目标位置对应的 CCH的帧上的所设置的是第一序号, 则所述用户设备的第九确定单元 1306根 据所述映射表确定与所述第一序号对应的用于指示系统信息变更的第一指示 信息; The ninth determining unit 1306 of the user equipment determines, according to the mapping table, that the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines that the first sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1. First indication information corresponding to the first serial number for indicating system information change;
所述用户设备的第九确定单元 1306根据所述第一指示信息确定目标系统 消息变更; The ninth determining unit 1306 of the user equipment determines, according to the first indication information, a target system message change;
所述用户设备的第十确定单元 1307解析所述目标系统消息; The tenth determining unit 1307 of the user equipment parses the target system message;
本应用场景中, 所述用户设备确定该 DCH1上的目标位置对应的 CCH的 帧上的帧号为 4/0/0; In this application scenario, the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1 is 4/0/0;
所述用户设备的第一接收单元 1302接收所述基站通过系统广播发送的所 述预置规则, 则用户设备的第五确定单元 1308 根据所述预置规则确定位于
DCH1第一个帧上的调度信道对应的 CCH的帧上的帧号为 0/0/0、 位于 DCH1 第二个帧上的调度信道对应的 CCH的帧上的帧号为 0/1/0... ...以此类推; The first receiving unit 1302 of the user equipment receives the preset rule that is sent by the base station by using the system broadcast, and the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines that the preset is located according to the preset rule. The frame number on the CCH frame corresponding to the scheduling channel on the first frame of DCH1 is 0/0/0, and the frame number on the CCH frame corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the second frame of DCH1 is 0/0/1. ... and so on;
在本应用场景中, 所述用户设备的第五确定单元 1308确定该 DCH1上的 目标位置对应的 CCH的帧上的帧号为 4/0/0,则所述用户设备的第五确定单元 1308确定该目标位置位于所述 DCH1上的第一个帧上, 则用户设备的第五确 定单元 1308根据所述预置规则确定与所述 DCH1上的第二个帧上的调度信道 对应的所述 CCH的帧上的帧号为 0/1/0; In this application scenario, the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH1 is 4/0/0, and the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment is used. Determining that the target location is located on the first frame on the DCH1, the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, the corresponding to the scheduling channel on the second frame on the DCH1. The frame number on the frame of the CCH is 0/1/0;
则用户设备的第六确定单元 1309根据帧号 0/1/0和帧号 4/0/0确定所述目 标位置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量为 4个 CCH的 帧; Then, the sixth determining unit 1309 of the user equipment determines, according to the frame number 0/1/0 and the frame number 4/0/0, that the target number of the common channel frame between the target location and the target scheduling channel is 4 CCHs. Frame
其中, 所述目标调度信道所位于 DCH1 上的帧为所述目标位置所位于 DCH1上的帧的下一个帧; The frame on the DCH1 of the target scheduling channel is the next frame of the frame where the target location is located on the DCH1;
本应用场景中, 所述用户设备的第七确定单元 1310确定所述目标数量是 否大于或等于预置阔值; In the application scenario, the seventh determining unit 1310 of the user equipment determines whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold;
其中, 该预置阔值可为 4, 因本应用场景中所述目标数量等于所述预置阔 值, 则用户设备确定进入休眠状态; The preset threshold may be 4, because the target number in the application scenario is equal to the preset threshold, the user equipment determines to enter a sleep state;
若所述用户设备的第十一确定单元 1311确定经过 4个 CCH帧的时长,则 所述用户设备自动开机; If the eleventh determining unit 1311 of the user equipment determines the duration of the four CCH frames, the user equipment is automatically powered on;
即在本应用场景中, 所述用户设备的第十二确定单元 1312 自动开机后确 定目标数据信道; That is, in the application scenario, the twelfth determining unit 1312 of the user equipment automatically determines the target data channel after being powered on;
其中,所述目标数据信道所处的所述专用信道的帧与所述目标调度信道所 处的帧相同; The frame of the dedicated channel on which the target data channel is located is the same as the frame in which the target scheduling channel is located;
即在本应用场景中, 所述目标数据信道与所述目标调度信道位于所述 DCH1的第二个帧上; That is, in the application scenario, the target data channel and the target scheduling channel are located on a second frame of the DCH1;
所述用户设备的第十三确定单元 1313根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信 息通过所述目标数据信道发送上行数据。 The thirteenth determining unit 1313 of the user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
在本应用场景中, 若用户设备的第三确定单元 1301确定其位于第二覆盖 区域, 则所述用户设备的第三确定单元 1301确定与第二覆盖区域对应的第二 专用信道 DCH2;
所述用户设备的第一确定模块 13031确定其在 DCH2上的开机位置; 在本应用场景中,用户设备的第一确定模块 13031确定与 DCH2上的开机 位置对应的 CCH的帧; In this application scenario, if the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment determines that it is located in the second coverage area, the third determining unit 1301 of the user equipment determines the second dedicated channel DCH2 corresponding to the second coverage area; The first determining module 13031 of the user equipment determines its booting position on the DCH 2; in this application scenario, the first determining module 13031 of the user equipment determines a frame of the CCH corresponding to the booting position on the DCH 2;
所述用户设备的第二确定模块 13032根据与 DCH2上的开机位置对应的 CCH的帧上的同步信息确定 DCH2上的开机位置是否与基站时钟同步; The second determining module 13032 of the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the booting position on the DCH2, whether the booting position on the DCH2 is synchronized with the base station clock;
在本应用场景中,以用户设备的第二确定模块 13032根据与 DCH2上的开 机位置对应的 CCH的帧上的同步信息确定 DCH2上的开机位置与基站时钟不 同步为例进行说明; In this application scenario, the second determining module 13032 of the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization information on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the ON position on the DCH2, that the booting position on the DCH2 is not synchronized with the base station clock.
所述用户设备的第四确定模块 13034 确定在所述第二专用信道上完成时 钟同步的位置为更新位置; The fourth determining module 13034 of the user equipment determines that the location of completing the clock synchronization on the second dedicated channel is an update location;
所述用户设备的第二接收单元 1304接收所述基站发送的映射表; 所述用户设备的第八确定单元 1305 确定与 DCH2 上的更新位置对应的 CCH的帧上的所设置的是第一序号还是第二序号; The second receiving unit 1304 of the user equipment receives the mapping table sent by the base station; the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines that the first sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the update location on the DCH2. Still the second serial number;
本应用场景中以所述用户设备的所述第八确定单元 1305确定与 DCH2上 的更新位置对应的 CCH的帧上的所设置的是第二序号为例进行说明; In the application scenario, the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines that the second sequence number set on the CCH corresponding to the update location on the DCH2 is taken as an example;
因所述用户设备的所述第八确定单元 1305确定与 DCH2上的更新位置对 应的 CCH 的帧上的所设置的是第二序号, 则所述用户设备的第九确定单元 1306根据所述映射表确定与所述第二序号对应的用于指示系统信息变更的第 二指示信息; The ninth determining unit 1306 of the user equipment is determined according to the mapping, because the eighth determining unit 1305 of the user equipment determines that the second sequence number is set on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the update location on the DCH2. The table determines second indication information corresponding to the second serial number for indicating system information change;
所述用户设备的第九确定单元 1306根据所述第二指示信息确定目标系统 消息未变更; The ninth determining unit 1306 of the user equipment determines that the target system message has not been changed according to the second indication information;
则所述用户设备无需解析所述系统消息; The user equipment does not need to parse the system message;
所述用户设备的第五确定模块 13035 确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置 对应的所述目标帧号; The fifth determining module 13035 of the user equipment determines whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded;
例如, 若与所述开机位置对应的 CCH的帧号为 4/0/0, 与所述更新位置对 应的 CCH的帧号为 0/5/0, 由于帧号 0/5/0前面的几个帧号中的第二个帧号为 4、 3、 2、 1...; 帧号 0/5/0后面几个帧号中的第二个帧号为 6、 7......; For example, if the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the boot position is 4/0/0, the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the update position is 0/5/0, due to the number in front of the frame number 0/5/0 The second frame number in the frame number is 4, 3, 2, 1...; the second frame number in the frame number after the frame number 0/5/0 is 6, 7..... .
即帧号 0/5/0前面的几个帧号中的第二个帧号与后面几个帧号中的第二个 帧号不相同, 则信号强度不够, 用户设备无法解码出与所述更新位置对应的所
述目标帧号; That is, the second frame number of the several frame numbers preceding the frame number 0/5/0 is different from the second frame number of the subsequent frame numbers, the signal strength is insufficient, and the user equipment cannot decode the Update location The target frame number;
例如, 若与所述开机位置对应的 CCH的帧号为 2/0/0, 与所述更新位置对 应的 CCH的帧号为 5/0/0, 即帧号 5/0/0前面的几个帧号中的第二个帧号与后 面几个帧号中的第二个帧号相同 (均为 0 ), 用户设备可解码出与所述更新位 置对应的所述目标帧号; For example, if the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the boot position is 2/0/0, the frame number of the CCH corresponding to the update position is 5/0/0, that is, the number in front of the frame number 5/0/0. The second frame number of the frame numbers is the same as the second frame number of the subsequent frame numbers (all 0), and the user equipment can decode the target frame number corresponding to the update position;
本应用场景中,以用户设备的第七确定模块 13037确定不可解码出与所述 更新位置对应的所述目标帧号为例进行说明: In this application scenario, the seventh determining module 13037 of the user equipment determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location cannot be decoded as an example:
所述用户设备的第七确定模块 13037继续接收所述公共信道的帧,直至所 述用户设备可解码出所述目标帧号; The seventh determining module 13037 of the user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel until the user equipment can decode the target frame number;
所述用户设备的第七确定模块 13037 确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所 述目标帧号的位置为所述目标位置。 The seventh determining module 13037 of the user equipment determines that the location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
本应用场景中, 所述用户设备的第五确定单元 1308确定该 DCH2上的目 标位置对应的 CCH的帧上的帧号为 7/1/0; In this application scenario, the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH2 is 7/1/0;
所述用户设备的第一接收单元 1302接收所述基站通过系统广播发送的所 述预置规则, 则用户设备的第五确定单元 1308 根据所述预置规则确定位于 DCH2第一个帧上的调度信道对应的 CCH的帧上的帧号为 0/0/0、 位于 DCH2 第二个帧上的调度信道对应的 CCH的帧上的帧号为 0/0/1... ...以此类推; The first receiving unit 1302 of the user equipment receives the preset rule that is sent by the base station by using the system broadcast, and the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines the scheduling that is located on the first frame of the DCH2 according to the preset rule. The frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the channel is 0/0/0, and the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel located on the second frame of the DCH2 is 0/0/1... Analogy
在本应用场景中, 所述用户设备的第五确定单元 1308确定该 DCH2上的 目标位置对应的 CCH的帧上的帧号为 7/1/0,则所述用户设备的第五确定单元 1308确定该目标位置位于所述 DCH2上的第一个帧上, 则用户设备根据所述 预置规则确定与所述 DCH2上的第二个帧上的调度信道对应的所述 CCH的帧 上的帧号为 0/0/1 ; In the application scenario, the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment determines that the frame number on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the target location on the DCH2 is 7/1/0, and the fifth determining unit 1308 of the user equipment is used. Determining that the target location is located on the first frame on the DCH2, the user equipment determines, according to the preset rule, a frame on the frame of the CCH corresponding to the scheduling channel on the second frame on the DCH2. The number is 0/0/1;
则用户设备的第六确定单元 1309根据帧号 7/1/0和帧号 0/0/1确定所述目 标位置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量; Then, the sixth determining unit 1309 of the user equipment determines the target number of the common channel frame between the target location and the target scheduling channel according to the frame number 7/1/0 and the frame number 0/0/1;
其中, 所述目标调度信道所位于 DCH2 上的帧为所述目标位置所位于 The frame on the DCH2 of the target scheduling channel is located at the target location.
DCH2上的帧的下一个帧; The next frame of the frame on DCH2;
所述用户设备的第七确定单元 1310确定所述目标数量是否大于或等于预 置阔值; The seventh determining unit 1310 of the user equipment determines whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold;
本应用场景中, 以所述用户设备的第七确定单元 1310确定所述目标数量
小于所述预置阔值为例进行说明, 则因本应用场景中, 所述目标数量小于所述 预置阔值, 则所述用户设备无需进行休眠。 In the application scenario, the target quantity is determined by the seventh determining unit 1310 of the user equipment. For example, the user equipment does not need to perform sleep because the target number is smaller than the preset threshold.
所述用户设备的第十三确定单元 1313根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信 息通过所述目标数据信道发送上行数据。 The thirteenth determining unit 1313 of the user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
图 9至图 10所示的实施例从功能模块的角度对基站的具体结构进行说明, 以下结合图 14所示的实施例从硬件角度对基站的具体结构进行说明: The embodiment shown in FIG. 9 to FIG. 10 illustrates the specific structure of the base station from the perspective of the functional module. The specific structure of the base station is described from the hardware point of view below with reference to the embodiment shown in FIG.
如图 14所示, 该基站包括: 发送器 1401、 接收器 1402和处理器 1403; 其中, 处理器 1403可为一个或多个, 在本实施例中以一个为例进行说明: 且本实施例中发送器 1001、 接收器 1402和处理器 1403之间通过总线进 行连接,当然也可釆用其他的连接方式,具体连接方式在本实施例中不作限定。 As shown in FIG. 14, the base station includes: a transmitter 1401, a receiver 1402, and a processor 1403. The processor 1403 may be one or more. In this embodiment, an example is used as an example: The medium transmitter 1001, the receiver 1402, and the processor 1403 are connected by a bus. Of course, other connection modes may be used. The specific connection mode is not limited in this embodiment.
本发明实施例涉及的基站可以具有比图 14所示出的更多或更少的部件, 可以组合两个或更多个部件, 或者可以具有不同的部件配置或设置,各个部件 可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和 /或专用集成电路在内的硬件、 软件或硬件 和软件的组合实现。 The base station according to an embodiment of the present invention may have more or less components than those shown in FIG. 14, may combine two or more components, or may have different component configurations or settings, and each component may include one Hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, including multiple signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
所述处理器 1403用于执行如下操作: The processor 1403 is configured to perform the following operations:
用于将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道,所述公共信道用于传输系统 信息,所述专用信道用于传输数据,且所述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道; 用于按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号,所述预置规则为 所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号进行编号的编号方式, 且根据所述预置规则使得每一个帧中的所述帧号分别与所述专用信道不同位 置对应, 以使用户设备可确定与所述专用信道的目标位置对应的目标帧号, 并 根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与目标调度信道之间 间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量,所述目标调度信道所处的所述专用信道的 帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧。 For dividing a downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel including a scheduling channel and a data channel; Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, where the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number in each frame of the common channel, and according to the pre- Setting a rule such that the frame number in each frame respectively corresponds to a different location of the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a target frame number corresponding to the target location of the dedicated channel, and according to the preset rule and Determining, by the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a frame where the target location is located The next frame.
本实施例中, 处理器 1403可将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道, 且 所述处理器 1403在多个覆盖范围不同的载频区域上分别分配所述专用信道, 所述处理器 1403在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置帧号, 并分别建立所述帧号 与所述专用信道上不同位置的对应关系,以使得用户设备能够确定与专用信道 上不同位置对应的帧号,以使用户设备可根据帧号确定其是否需要进行休眠以
接收下一个专用信道帧上的调度信息, 从而有效的降低用户设备的功耗。 在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述发送器 1401还用于执行如下操作: 用于将所述预置规则发送给所述用户设备。 In this embodiment, the processor 1403 may divide the downlink channel into a common channel and a dedicated channel, and the processor 1403 separately allocates the dedicated channel on multiple carrier frequency regions with different coverage areas, where the processor 1403 is Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, and respectively establishing a correspondence between the frame number and different positions on the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a frame number corresponding to a different location on the dedicated channel, to Having the user equipment determine whether it needs to sleep according to the frame number The scheduling information on the next dedicated channel frame is received, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment. In some embodiments of the present invention, the transmitter 1401 is further configured to: send the preset rule to the user equipment.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述处理器 1403还用于执行如下操作: 用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息; In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 1403 is further configured to: perform: setting system information in each frame of the common channel;
用于建立映射表,所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示所述系统信息变更 的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信息未变更的 第二指示信息的对应关系; And a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second serial number and the second indication used to indicate that the system information is unchanged. Correspondence of information;
处理器 1403在通知所述用户设备所述系统信息是否发生变更的具体方式 为所述处理器 1403向所述用户设备发送用于指示所述系统信息变更的第一序 号或用于指示所述系统信息未变更的第二序号,用户设备解码所述序号即可确 定所述系统信息是否发生变更,使得用户设备无需解码复杂的指示信息,从而 有效的降低了用户设备解码过程的复杂度, 从而有利于降低用户设备的成本, 减少时延, 更进一步的降低用户设备的功耗。 The specific manner of the processor 1403 notifying the user equipment whether the system information is changed is that the processor 1403 sends a first serial number for indicating the system information change to the user equipment or is used to indicate the system. The second sequence number of the information is not changed, and the user equipment decodes the sequence number to determine whether the system information is changed, so that the user equipment does not need to decode complex indication information, thereby effectively reducing the complexity of the decoding process of the user equipment, thereby It is beneficial to reduce the cost of user equipment, reduce the delay, and further reduce the power consumption of the user equipment.
且若用户设备根据所述第一序号确定所述系统信息变更,则用户设备解析 系统信息变更的公共信道的帧,从而重新获取已经改变的系统信息, 进而重新 获取该系统信息变更的公共信道的帧上的公共信道的配置、空闲模式移动性参 数、 系统捕获信息等与所述基站有关的信息。 And if the user equipment determines that the system information is changed according to the first sequence number, the user equipment parses the frame of the common channel changed by the system information, thereby reacquiring the changed system information, and then reacquiring the common channel of the system information change. Information about the base station on the frame, idle mode mobility parameters, system acquisition information, and the like.
若用户设备根据所述第二序号确定所述系统信息没有变更,则用户设备无 需解析系统信息未变更的公共信道的帧,从而使得用户设备可根据系统信息是 否发生变更的具体情况确定是否需要解析系统信息,避免了若系统信息没有发 生变更, 而用户设备重复解析系统信息所造成的功耗的浪费。 If the user equipment determines that the system information is not changed according to the second sequence, the user equipment does not need to parse the frame of the common channel whose system information has not been changed, so that the user equipment can determine whether it needs to be analyzed according to whether the system information changes or not. The system information avoids the waste of power consumption caused by repeated analysis of system information by the user equipment if the system information is not changed.
所述发送器 1401还用于执行如下操作: The transmitter 1401 is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于将所述映射表发送给用户设备; Used to send the mapping table to a user equipment;
所述处理器 1403还用于执行如下操作: The processor 1403 is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标帧,并在所述第一目标帧中设 置所述第一序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序号对应 的所述第一指示信息; a frame for determining the system information change is a first target frame, and the first sequence number is set in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the first sequence number Corresponding said first indication information;
用于确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标帧,并在所述第二目标帧中
设置所述第二序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第二序号对 应的所述第二指示信息; a frame for determining that the system information is unchanged is a second target frame, and in the second target frame Setting the second sequence number, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the second indication information corresponding to the second sequence number;
用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号,以使所述用户设备根据所 述同步信号确定所述用户设备是否与所述基站的时钟同步。 And a synchronization signal is set in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
本实施例中,所述处理器 1403在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息, 并建立用于指示所述用户设备该系统信息是否变更的映射表, 处理器 1403在 所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号,以使所述用户设备根据所述同步信号 确定所述用户设备是否与所述基站的时钟同步。通过本实施例使得用户设备能 够接收到该帧号、 系统信息、 第一序号或第二序号以及同步信号, 以获取对应 的信息,且用户设备解析序号即可确定系统信息是否发生变更, 没有变更则无 需解析系统信息, 从而有效的降低了用户设备的功耗。 In this embodiment, the processor 1403 sets system information in each frame of the common channel, and establishes a mapping table for indicating whether the system information of the user equipment is changed, and the processor 1403 is in the common channel. A synchronization signal is set in each frame to enable the user equipment to determine, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station. In this embodiment, the user equipment can receive the frame number, the system information, the first serial number or the second serial number, and the synchronization signal to obtain corresponding information, and the user equipment can analyze the serial number to determine whether the system information is changed or not. There is no need to parse the system information, thereby effectively reducing the power consumption of the user equipment.
图 11至图 13所示的实施例从功能模块的角度对用户设备的具体结构进行 说明, 以下结合图 15所示的实施例从硬件角度对用户设备的具体结构进行说 明: The embodiment shown in FIG. 11 to FIG. 13 illustrates the specific structure of the user equipment from the perspective of the function module. The specific structure of the user equipment is described below from the hardware point of view with the embodiment shown in FIG.
如图 15所示,该用户设备包括:发送器 1501、接收器 1502和处理器 1503; 其中, 处理器 1503可为一个或多个, 在本实施例中以一个为例进行说明: 且本实施例中发送器 1001、 接收器 1502和处理器 1503之间通过总线进 行连接,当然也可釆用其他的连接方式,具体连接方式在本实施例中不作限定。 As shown in FIG. 15, the user equipment includes: a transmitter 1501, a receiver 1502, and a processor 1503. The processor 1503 may be one or more. In this embodiment, an example is used as an example: For example, the transmitter 1001, the receiver 1502, and the processor 1503 are connected by a bus. Of course, other connection manners may be used. The specific connection manner is not limited in this embodiment.
本发明实施例涉及的用户设备可以具有比图 15所示出的更多或更少的部 件, 可以组合两个或更多个部件, 或者可以具有不同的部件配置或设置, 各个 部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和 /或专用集成电路在内的硬件、 软件或 硬件和软件的组合实现。 The user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention may have more or less components than those shown in FIG. 15, may combine two or more components, or may have different component configurations or settings, and each component may include Hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software implementations of one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
所述处理器 1503用于执行如下操作: The processor 1503 is configured to perform the following operations:
用于确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道; 其中, 所述专用信道包括 调度信道和数据信道; Dedicated channel for determining a target carrier frequency region to be located; wherein the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
用于确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置; Used to determine a target location located on the dedicated channel;
用于确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号, 得到目标帧号, 其中, 所述帧号为所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置的; a frame number for determining a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is set by the base station in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule;
用于根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与目标调度
信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 其中, 所述预置规则 为所述公共信道上的帧号的编号方式,所述目标调度信道所处的所述专用信道 的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧; And determining, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the target location and target scheduling Obtaining a target number of the number of the common channel frames between the channels; wherein the preset rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, where the dedicated channel is located by the target scheduling channel The frame is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located;
用于若确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值,则所述用户设备进入休眠 状态。 And if the target quantity is determined to be greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state.
本实施例中, 处理器 1503能够确定与专用信道上不同位置对应的帧号, 进而处理器 1503可根据帧号确定所述目标位置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所 述公共信道帧的目标数量, 并可判断所述目标数量是否大于或等于预置阔值, 若是, 则用户设备进行休眠以节省功耗, 若否, 则用户设备无需进行休眠。 In this embodiment, the processor 1503 can determine a frame number corresponding to a different location on the dedicated channel, and the processor 1503 can determine, according to the frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and the target scheduling channel. And determining whether the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold. If yes, the user equipment sleeps to save power consumption. If not, the user equipment does not need to perform sleep.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述接收器 1502还用于执行如下操作: 用于接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the receiver 1502 is further configured to: receive the preset rule sent by the base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述处理器 1503还用于执行如下操作: 用于确定其在所述专用信道上的开机位置; In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 1503 is further configured to: perform an operation for determining a booting position on the dedicated channel;
用于确定与所述开机位置对应的同步信号,所述同步信号位于与所述开机 位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; And a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting position, where the synchronization signal is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting position;
用于根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时钟同步,则所述 用户确定所述开机位置为所述目标位置。 And determining, by the synchronization signal, that the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station, and the user determines that the booting location is the target location.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述处理器 1503还用于执行如下操作: 用于若根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时钟不同步,则 确定在所述专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位置; In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 1503 is further configured to: perform, if the user equipment is determined to be out of synchronization with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal, determine the dedicated channel The position at which the clock synchronization is completed is the update position;
用于确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧号; Determining whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded;
用于若所述第五确定模块确定可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标 帧号, 则确定所述更新位置为所述目标位置; And if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable, determining that the update location is the target location;
用于若所述第五确定模块确定不可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目 标帧号,则确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号的位置为所述目标位 置。 And if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location cannot be decoded, determining that a location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述接收器 1502还用于执行如下操作: 用于接收所述基站发送的映射表,所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示系 统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信
息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; In some embodiments of the present invention, the receiver 1502 is further configured to: receive a mapping table sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a first serial number and a first indicator for indicating system information change Corresponding relationship of the indication information, and the second serial number and the system letter for indicating Corresponding relationship of the second indication information whose information has not been changed;
所述处理器 1503还用于执行如下操作: The processor 1503 is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于若确定与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中设置的序号为所 述第一序号,则所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序号对应的所述 第一指示信息; If the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the first sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the number corresponding to the first sequence number. An indication message;
用于才艮据所述第一指示信息确定目标系统消息变更,所述目标系统消息位 于与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; And determining, according to the first indication information, a target system message change, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
用于解析所述目标系统消息。 Used to parse the target system message.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述处理器 1503还用于执行如下操作: 用于若确定经过所述目标数量, 则所述用户设备自动开机; In some embodiments of the present invention, the processor 1503 is further configured to: perform, if it is determined that the target quantity is passed, the user equipment is automatically powered on;
用于确定目标数据信道,所述目标数据信道所处的所述专用信道的帧与所 述目标调度信道所处的帧相同; Determining, for determining a target data channel, a frame of the dedicated channel on which the target data channel is located is the same as a frame in which the target scheduling channel is located;
用于根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信息通过所述目标数据信道发送上 行数据。 And transmitting, by the target data channel, uplink data according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和简洁, 上述描述 的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程, 在此不再赘述。 A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统, 装置和方 法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性 的, 例如, 所述单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分, 实际实现时可以有另 外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统, 或 一些特征可以忽略, 或不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直 接辆合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置或单元的间接辆合或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。 单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者 也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部 单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。 In the several embodiments provided herein, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed. Alternatively, the mutual coupling or direct connection or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect engagement or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other form. The components displayed by the unit may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,
也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元 中。上述集成的单元既可以釆用硬件的形式实现,也可以釆用软件功能单元的 形式实现。 In addition, each functional unit in various embodiments of the present invention may be integrated in one processing unit. It is also possible that each unit physically exists alone, or two or more units may be integrated in one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售 或使用时, 可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。 基于这样的理解, 本发 明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全 部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储 介质中, 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器, 或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。 而前述 的存储介质包括: U盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存储器(ROM, Read-Only Memory )、 随机存取存储器(RAM, Random Access Memory ), 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以 存储程序代码的介质。 The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention may contribute to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述, 以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对其限制; 尽 管参照前述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理 解: 其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分 技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并不使相应技术方案的本质脱 离本发明各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。
The above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the embodiments are modified, or the equivalents of the technical features are replaced by the equivalents; and the modifications and substitutions do not depart from the spirit and scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention.
Claims
1、 一种信道资源配置方法, 其特征在于, 包括: A channel resource configuration method, comprising:
基站将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道,所述公共信道用于传输系统 信息,所述专用信道用于传输数据,且所述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道; 所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号,所述预置规 则为所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号进行编号的编号 方式,且根据所述预置规则使得每一个帧中的所述帧号分别与所述专用信道不 同位置对应, 以使用户设备可确定与所述专用信道的目标位置对应的目标帧 号,并根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与目标调度信道 之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量,所述目标调度信道所处的所述专用信 道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧。 The base station divides the downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel is used for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel; Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, where the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number in each frame of the common channel, and according to the pre- Setting a rule such that the frame number in each frame respectively corresponds to a different location of the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a target frame number corresponding to the target location of the dedicated channel, and according to the preset rule and Determining, by the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a frame where the target location is located The next frame.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的信道资源配置方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法还 包括: 2. The channel resource configuration method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
所述基站将所述预置规则发送给所述用户设备。 The base station sends the preset rule to the user equipment.
3、 根据权利要求 1所述的信道资源配置方法, 其特征在于, 所述基站将 下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道之后还包括: The channel resource configuration method according to claim 1, wherein the base station further comprises: after dividing the downlink channel into the common channel and the dedicated channel:
所述基站在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息; The base station sets system information in each frame of the common channel;
所述基站建立映射表,所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示所述系统信息 变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信息未变 更的第二指示信息的对应关系; The base station establishes a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first sequence number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second sequence number and the second sequence number used to indicate that the system information is unchanged. Corresponding relationship of indication information;
所述基站将所述映射表发送给用户设备; Sending, by the base station, the mapping table to a user equipment;
所述基站确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标帧,并在所述第一目标帧 中设置所述第一序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序号 对应的所述第一指示信息; Determining, by the base station, that the frame that is changed by the system information is a first target frame, and setting the first sequence number in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the first frame The first indication information corresponding to the serial number;
所述基站确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标帧,并在所述第二目标 帧中设置所述第二序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第二序 号对应的所述第二指示信息。 Determining, by the base station, that the frame that is not changed by the system information is a second target frame, and setting the second sequence number in the second target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, The second indication information corresponding to the two serial numbers.
4、 根据权利要求 1所述的信道资源配置方法, 其特征在于, 所述基站将 下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道之后还包括:
所述基站在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号,以使所述用户设备根 据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备是否与所述基站的时钟同步。 The channel resource configuration method according to claim 1, wherein after the base station divides the downlink channel into the common channel and the dedicated channel, the method further includes: The base station sets a synchronization signal in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
5、 一种休眠控制方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 5. A sleep control method, characterized in that:
用户设备确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道; 其中, 所述专用信道 包括调度信道和数据信道; Determining, by the user equipment, a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region; wherein the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
所述用户设备确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置; Determining, by the user equipment, a target location located on the dedicated channel;
所述用户设备确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号, 得到目标帧 号,其中,所述帧号为所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置的; 所述用户设备根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与 目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 其中, 所述 预置规则为所述公共信道上的帧号的编号方式,所述目标调度信道所处的所述 专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧; Determining, by the user equipment, a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is set by the base station in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule; Determining, by the user equipment, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel according to the preset rule and the target frame number, to obtain a target number; wherein, the preset rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on a common channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
若所述用户设备确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值,则所述用户设备 进入休眠状态。 And if the user equipment determines that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state.
6、根据权利要求 5所述的休眠控制方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法还包括: 所述用户设备接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则。 The sleep control method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises: the user equipment receiving the preset rule sent by the base station.
7、 根据权利要求 5所述的休眠控制方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备确 定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置包括: The sleep control method according to claim 5, wherein the determining, by the user equipment, the target location on the dedicated channel comprises:
所述用户设备确定其在所述专用信道上的开机位置; The user equipment determines its boot location on the dedicated channel;
所述用户设备确定与所述开机位置对应的同步信号,所述同步信号位于与 所述开机位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; Determining, by the user equipment, a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location, where the synchronization signal is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting location;
若所述用户设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时钟 同步, 则所述用户确定所述开机位置为所述目标位置。 And if the user equipment determines that the user equipment is synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal, the user determines that the booting location is the target location.
8、 根据权利要求 7所述的休眠控制方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备确 定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置还包括: The sleep control method according to claim 7, wherein the determining, by the user equipment, the target location on the dedicated channel further includes:
若所述用户设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时钟 不同步,则所述用户设备确定在所述专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位 置; If the user equipment determines that the user equipment is not synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal, the user equipment determines that the location where the clock synchronization is completed on the dedicated channel is an update position;
所述用户设备确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧号;
若是, 则所述用户设备确定所述更新位置为所述目标位置; Determining, by the user equipment, whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable; If yes, the user equipment determines that the update location is the target location;
若否, 则所述用户设备继续接收所述公共信道的帧, 直至所述用户设备可 解码出所述目标帧号; If not, the user equipment continues to receive the frame of the common channel until the user equipment can decode the target frame number;
所述用户设备确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号的位置为所 述目标位置。 The user equipment determines that the location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
9、根据权利要求 5所述的休眠控制方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法还包括: 所述用户设备接收所述基站发送的映射表,所述映射表包括第一序号与用 于指示系统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所 述系统信息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; The sleep control method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises: the user equipment receiving a mapping table sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a first serial number and is used to indicate system information. Corresponding relationship between the changed first indication information, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information for indicating that the system information is not changed;
若所述用户设备确定与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中设置的 序号为所述第一序号,则所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序号对 应的所述第一指示信息; If the user equipment determines that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the first sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, a location corresponding to the first sequence number. Describe the first indication information;
所述用户设备根据所述第一指示信息确定目标系统消息变更,所述目标系 统消息位于与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; Determining, by the user equipment, a target system message change according to the first indication information, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
所述用户设备解析所述目标系统消息。 The user equipment parses the target system message.
10、 根据权利要求 5所述的休眠控制方法, 其特征在于, 若所述用户设备 确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值,则所述用户设备进入休眠状态之后还 包括: The sleep control method according to claim 5, wherein, if the user equipment determines that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment after entering the sleep state further includes:
若所述用户设备确定经过所述目标数量, 则所述用户设备自动开机; 所述用户设备确定目标数据信道,所述目标数据信道所处的所述专用信道 的帧与所述目标调度信道所处的帧相同; If the user equipment determines that the target quantity is passed, the user equipment is automatically powered on; the user equipment determines a target data channel, the frame of the dedicated channel where the target data channel is located, and the target scheduling channel The same frame;
所述用户设备根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信息通过所述目标数据信 道发送上行数据。 The user equipment sends uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
11、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: A base station, comprising:
划分单元, 用于将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道, 所述公共信道用 于传输系统信息, 所述专用信道用于传输数据, 且所述专用信道包括调度信道 和数据信道; a dividing unit, configured to divide the downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
第一设置单元, 用于按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号, 所述预置规则为所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号进行
编号的编号方式,且根据所述预置规则使得每一个帧中的所述帧号分别与所述 专用信道不同位置对应,以使用户设备可确定与所述专用信道的目标位置对应 的目标帧号,并根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与目标 调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量,所述目标调度信道所处的所 述专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧。 a first setting unit, configured to set a frame number in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule, where the preset rule is the frame number of the base station in each frame of the common channel get on No. numbering manner, and according to the preset rule, the frame numbers in each frame are respectively corresponding to different positions of the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a target frame corresponding to the target location of the dedicated channel. And determining, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where the dedicated scheduling channel is located The frame is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located.
12、 根据权利要求 11所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站还包括: 第一发送单元, 用于将所述预置规则发送给所述用户设备。 The base station according to claim 11, wherein the base station further comprises: a first sending unit, configured to send the preset rule to the user equipment.
13、 根据权利要求 11所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站还包括: 第二设置单元, 用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息; 建立单元, 用于建立映射表, 所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示所述系 统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信 息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; The base station according to claim 11, wherein the base station further comprises: a second setting unit, configured to set system information in each frame of the common channel; and an establishing unit, configured to establish a mapping table The mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and a correspondence between the second serial number and the second indication information used to indicate that the system information is not changed.
第二发送单元, 用于将所述映射表发送给用户设备; a second sending unit, configured to send the mapping table to the user equipment;
第一确定单元, 用于确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标帧, 并在所述 第一目标帧中设置所述第一序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所 述第一序号对应的所述第一指示信息; a first determining unit, configured to determine that the frame of the system information change is a first target frame, and set the first sequence number in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table The first indication information corresponding to the first serial number;
第二确定单元, 用于确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标帧, 并在所 述第二目标帧中设置所述第二序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与 所述第二序号对应的所述第二指示信息。 a second determining unit, configured to determine that the frame whose system information has not been changed is a second target frame, and set the second serial number in the second target frame, so that the user equipment determines by using the mapping table The second indication information corresponding to the second serial number.
14、 根据权利要求 11所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站还包括: 第三设置单元, 用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号, 以使所述 用户设备根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备是否与所述基站的时钟同步。 The base station according to claim 11, wherein the base station further comprises: a third setting unit, configured to set a synchronization signal in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment is configured according to The synchronization signal determines whether the user equipment is synchronized with the clock of the base station.
15、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 15. A user equipment, comprising:
第三确定单元, 用于确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道; 其中, 所 述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道; a third determining unit, configured to determine a dedicated channel corresponding to the target carrier frequency region, where the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
第四确定单元, 用于确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置; a fourth determining unit, configured to determine a target location located on the dedicated channel;
第五确定单元, 用于确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号,得到目 标帧号, 其中, 所述帧号为所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个帧中设 置的;
第六确定单元,用于根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位 置与目标调度信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 其中, 所述预置规则为所述公共信道上的帧号的编号方式,所述目标调度信道所处的 所述专用信道的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧; a fifth determining unit, configured to determine a frame number of a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where the frame number is the base station in each frame of the common channel according to a preset rule Set a sixth determining unit, configured to determine, according to the preset rule and the target frame number, the number of the common channel frames between the target location and the target scheduling channel, to obtain a target number; wherein, the preset The rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, and a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is a next frame of a frame in which the target location is located;
第七确定单元, 用于若确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值, 则所述用 户设备进入休眠状态。 And a seventh determining unit, configured to: if it is determined that the target quantity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state.
16、 根据权利要求 15所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备还包 括: The user equipment according to claim 15, wherein the user equipment further includes:
第一接收单元, 用于接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则。 The first receiving unit is configured to receive the preset rule sent by the base station.
17、 根据权利要求 15所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述第四确定单元 包括: The user equipment according to claim 15, wherein the fourth determining unit comprises:
第一确定模块, 用于确定其在所述专用信道上的开机位置; a first determining module, configured to determine a booting position on the dedicated channel;
第二确定模块, 用于确定与所述开机位置对应的同步信号, 所述同步信号 位于与所述开机位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; a second determining module, configured to determine a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting location, where the synchronization signal is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting location;
第三确定模块,用于根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时 钟同步, 则所述用户确定所述开机位置为所述目标位置。 And a third determining module, configured to determine, according to the synchronization signal, a clock synchronization between the user equipment and the base station, where the user determines that the booting location is the target location.
18、 根据权利要求 17所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 述第四确定单元还 包括: The user equipment according to claim 17, wherein the fourth determining unit further comprises:
第四确定模块,用于若根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的 时钟不同步, 则确定在所述专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位置; 第五确定模块,用于确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧 号; a fourth determining module, configured to determine, when the user equipment is not synchronized with a clock of the base station, according to the synchronization signal, determine that a location for completing clock synchronization on the dedicated channel is an update location; Determining whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded;
第六确定模块,用于若所述第五确定模块确定可解码出与所述更新位置对 应的所述目标帧号, 则确定所述更新位置为所述目标位置; a sixth determining module, configured to determine that the updated location is the target location, if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable;
第七确定模块,用于若所述第五确定模块确定不可解码出与所述更新位置 对应的所述目标帧号,则确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号的位置 为所述目标位置。 a seventh determining module, configured to determine, if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is not decodable, determine that the location of the target frame number on the dedicated channel is The target location.
19、 根据权利要求 15所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备还包 括:
第二接收单元, 用于接收所述基站发送的映射表, 所述映射表包括第一序 号与用于指示系统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于 指示所述系统信息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; The user equipment according to claim 15, wherein the user equipment further includes: a second receiving unit, configured to receive a mapping table sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate system information change, and the second serial number is used to indicate the Corresponding relationship of the second indication information whose system information has not been changed;
第八确定单元,用于若确定与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中设 置的序号为所述第一序号,则所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序 号对应的所述第一指示信息; An eighth determining unit, configured to determine, by using the mapping table, the first serial number by using the mapping table, if it is determined that the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the first serial number Corresponding said first indication information;
第九确定单元, 用于根据所述第一指示信息确定目标系统消息变更, 所述 目标系统消息位于与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; a ninth determining unit, configured to determine, according to the first indication information, a target system message change, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
第十确定单元, 用于解析所述目标系统消息。 And a tenth determining unit, configured to parse the target system message.
20、 根据权利要求 15所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备还包 括: The user equipment according to claim 15, wherein the user equipment further includes:
第十一确定单元, 用于若确定经过所述目标数量, 则所述用户设备自动开 机; An eleventh determining unit, configured to automatically start the user equipment if it is determined that the target quantity is passed;
第十二确定单元, 用于确定目标数据信道, 所述目标数据信道所处的所述 专用信道的帧与所述目标调度信道所处的帧相同; a twelfth determining unit, configured to determine a target data channel, where a frame of the dedicated channel where the target data channel is located is the same as a frame where the target scheduling channel is located;
第十三确定单元,用于根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信息通过所述目标 数据信道发送上行数据。 And a thirteenth determining unit, configured to send uplink data by using the target data channel according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
21、 一种通信网络, 其特征在于, 包括权利要求 11至权利要求 14任一项 所述的基站以及权利要求 15至 20任一项所述的用户设备。 A communication network, comprising the base station according to any one of claims 11 to 14, and the user equipment according to any one of claims 15 to 20.
22、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括发送器、 接收器和处理器; 22. A base station, comprising: a transmitter, a receiver, and a processor;
所述处理器用于执行如下操作: The processor is configured to perform the following operations:
用于将下行信道划分为公共信道和专用信道,所述公共信道用于传输系统 信息,所述专用信道用于传输数据,且所述专用信道包括调度信道和数据信道; 用于按预置规则在所述公共信道的每一个帧中设置帧号,所述预置规则为 所述基站对位于所述公共信道的每一个帧中的所述帧号进行编号的编号方式, 且根据所述预置规则使得每一个帧中的所述帧号分别与所述专用信道不同位 置对应, 以使用户设备可确定与所述专用信道的目标位置对应的目标帧号, 并 根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与目标调度信道之间 间隔的所述公共信道帧的目标数量,所述目标调度信道所处的所述专用信道的
帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧。 For dividing a downlink channel into a common channel for transmitting system information, the dedicated channel for transmitting data, and the dedicated channel including a scheduling channel and a data channel; Setting a frame number in each frame of the common channel, where the preset rule is a numbering manner in which the base station numbers the frame number in each frame of the common channel, and according to the pre- Setting a rule such that the frame number in each frame respectively corresponds to a different location of the dedicated channel, so that the user equipment can determine a target frame number corresponding to the target location of the dedicated channel, and according to the preset rule and Determining, by the target frame number, a target number of the common channel frame between the target location and a target scheduling channel, where the dedicated scheduling channel is located The frame is the next frame of the frame in which the target location is located.
23、 根据权利要求 22所述的基站, 其特征在于, 23. The base station according to claim 22, wherein
所述发送器用于执行如下操作: The transmitter is configured to perform the following operations:
用于将所述预置规则发送给所述用户设备。 And configured to send the preset rule to the user equipment.
24、 根据权利要求 22所述的基站, 其特征在于, 24. The base station according to claim 22, wherein
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置系统信息; Means for setting system information in each frame of the common channel;
用于建立映射表,所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示所述系统信息变更 的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信息未变更的 第二指示信息的对应关系; And a mapping table, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second serial number and the second indication used to indicate that the system information is unchanged. Correspondence of information;
所述发送器还用于执行如下操作: The transmitter is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于将所述映射表发送给用户设备; Used to send the mapping table to a user equipment;
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于确定所述系统信息变更的帧为第一目标帧,并在所述第一目标帧中设 置所述第一序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序号对应 的所述第一指示信息; a frame for determining the system information change is a first target frame, and the first sequence number is set in the first target frame, so that the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the first sequence number Corresponding said first indication information;
用于确定所述系统信息未变更的帧为第二目标帧,并在所述第二目标帧中 设置所述第二序号,以使所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第二序号对 应的所述第二指示信息。 The frame for determining that the system information is unchanged is a second target frame, and the second sequence number is set in the second target frame, so that the user equipment determines the second number by using the mapping table. The second indication information corresponding to the serial number.
25、 根据权利要求 22所述的基站, 其特征在于, 25. The base station according to claim 22, wherein
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置同步信号,以使所述用户设备根据所 述同步信号确定所述用户设备是否与所述基站的时钟同步。 And a synchronization signal is set in each frame of the common channel, so that the user equipment determines, according to the synchronization signal, whether the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station.
26、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括发送器、 接收器和处理器; 所述处理器用于执行如下操作: 26. A user equipment, comprising: a transmitter, a receiver, and a processor; the processor is configured to perform the following operations:
用于确定所处的目标载频区域对应的专用信道; 其中, 所述专用信道包括 调度信道和数据信道; Dedicated channel for determining a target carrier frequency region to be located; wherein the dedicated channel includes a scheduling channel and a data channel;
用于确定位于所述专用信道上的目标位置; Used to determine a target location located on the dedicated channel;
用于确定与所述目标位置对应的公共信道的帧号, 得到目标帧号, 其中,
所述帧号为所述基站按预置规则在所述公共信道的每个帧中设置的; 用于根据所述预置规则以及所述目标帧号确定所述目标位置与目标调度 信道之间间隔的所述公共信道帧的数量, 得到目标数量; 其中, 所述预置规则 为所述公共信道上的帧号的编号方式,所述目标调度信道所处的所述专用信道 的帧为所述目标位置所处的帧的下一个帧; a frame number for determining a common channel corresponding to the target location, to obtain a target frame number, where The frame number is set in the frame of the common channel by the base station according to a preset rule, and is configured to determine, between the target location and the target scheduling channel, according to the preset rule and the target frame number. Obtaining the number of the common channel frames to obtain a target number; wherein, the preset rule is a numbering manner of a frame number on the common channel, and a frame of the dedicated channel where the target scheduling channel is located is The next frame of the frame in which the target location is located;
用于若确定所述目标数量大于或等于预置阔值,则所述用户设备进入休眠 状态。 And if the target quantity is determined to be greater than or equal to a preset threshold, the user equipment enters a sleep state.
27、 根据权利要求 26所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 27. The user equipment of claim 26, wherein
所述接收器还用于执行如下操作: The receiver is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于接收所述基站发送的所述预置规则。 And configured to receive the preset rule sent by the base station.
28、 根据权利要求 26所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 28. The user equipment of claim 26, wherein
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于确定其在所述专用信道上的开机位置; Used to determine its boot position on the dedicated channel;
用于确定与所述开机位置对应的同步信号,所述同步信号位于与所述开机 位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; And a synchronization signal corresponding to the booting position, where the synchronization signal is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the booting position;
用于根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时钟同步,则所述 用户确定所述开机位置为所述目标位置。 And determining, by the synchronization signal, that the user equipment is synchronized with a clock of the base station, and the user determines that the booting location is the target location.
29、 根据权利要求 28所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 29. The user equipment of claim 28, wherein
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于若根据所述同步信号确定所述用户设备与所述基站的时钟不同步,则 确定在所述专用信道上完成时钟同步的位置为更新位置; And determining, if the user equipment is not synchronized with the clock of the base station according to the synchronization signal, determining that a location for completing clock synchronization on the dedicated channel is an update location;
用于确定是否可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标帧号; Determining whether the target frame number corresponding to the update location can be decoded;
用于若所述第五确定模块确定可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目标 帧号, 则确定所述更新位置为所述目标位置; And if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location is decodable, determining that the update location is the target location;
用于若所述第五确定模块确定不可解码出与所述更新位置对应的所述目 标帧号,则确定在所述专用信道上可解码出所述目标帧号的位置为所述目标位 置。 And if the fifth determining module determines that the target frame number corresponding to the update location cannot be decoded, determining that a location at which the target frame number can be decoded on the dedicated channel is the target location.
30、 根据权利要求 26所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 30. The user equipment of claim 26, wherein
所述接收器用于执行如下操作:
用于接收所述基站发送的映射表,所述映射表包括第一序号与用于指示系 统信息变更的第一指示信息的对应关系,以及第二序号与用于指示所述系统信 息未变更的第二指示信息的对应关系; The receiver is configured to perform the following operations: And a mapping table that is sent by the base station, where the mapping table includes a correspondence between the first serial number and the first indication information used to indicate the system information change, and the second serial number is used to indicate that the system information is unchanged. Corresponding relationship of the second indication information;
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于若确定与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中设置的序号为所 述第一序号,则所述用户设备通过所述映射表确定与所述第一序号对应的所述 第一指示信息; If the sequence number set in the frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location is the first sequence number, the user equipment determines, by using the mapping table, the number corresponding to the first sequence number. An indication message;
用于才艮据所述第一指示信息确定目标系统消息变更,所述目标系统消息位 于与所述目标位置对应的所述公共信道的帧中; And determining, according to the first indication information, a target system message change, where the target system message is located in a frame of the common channel corresponding to the target location;
用于解析所述目标系统消息。 Used to parse the target system message.
31、 根据权利要求 26所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 31. The user equipment of claim 26, wherein
所述处理器还用于执行如下操作: The processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
用于若确定经过所述目标数量, 则所述用户设备自动开机; For determining that the user equipment passes the target quantity, the user equipment is automatically powered on;
用于确定目标数据信道,所述目标数据信道所处的所述专用信道的帧与所 述目标调度信道所处的帧相同; Determining, for determining a target data channel, a frame of the dedicated channel on which the target data channel is located is the same as a frame in which the target scheduling channel is located;
用于根据所述目标调度信道上的调度信息通过所述目标数据信道发送上 行数据。
And transmitting, by the target data channel, uplink data according to scheduling information on the target scheduling channel.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201480043043.6A CN105474712B (en) | 2014-05-29 | 2014-05-29 | A kind of channel resource configuration method, dormancy control method, relevant device and network |
PCT/CN2014/078767 WO2015180086A1 (en) | 2014-05-29 | 2014-05-29 | Channel resource configuration method, hibernation control method, relevant device and network |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2014/078767 WO2015180086A1 (en) | 2014-05-29 | 2014-05-29 | Channel resource configuration method, hibernation control method, relevant device and network |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2015180086A1 true WO2015180086A1 (en) | 2015-12-03 |
Family
ID=54697867
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2014/078767 WO2015180086A1 (en) | 2014-05-29 | 2014-05-29 | Channel resource configuration method, hibernation control method, relevant device and network |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN105474712B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2015180086A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN111328463A (en) * | 2017-11-17 | 2020-06-23 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and device |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
BR112021002076A2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2021-05-04 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | method, apparatus, vehicle user equipment and terminal for transmitting and receiving reference signal |
CN112702781B (en) * | 2019-10-22 | 2024-05-24 | 苏州磐联集成电路科技股份有限公司 | Scheduling method and scheduling list establishment method for user equipment of narrowband internet of things |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102202377A (en) * | 2010-03-26 | 2011-09-28 | 中国移动通信集团公司 | Method, system and device for sending information |
WO2013070138A1 (en) * | 2011-11-11 | 2013-05-16 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Network node, user equipment and methods therein for transmitting and receiving control information |
CN103339967A (en) * | 2011-07-11 | 2013-10-02 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Enhanced paging mechanism for machine type communication |
CN103748792A (en) * | 2011-09-01 | 2014-04-23 | 索尼公司 | Communication device, communication method, communication system, and base station |
-
2014
- 2014-05-29 WO PCT/CN2014/078767 patent/WO2015180086A1/en active Application Filing
- 2014-05-29 CN CN201480043043.6A patent/CN105474712B/en active Active
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102202377A (en) * | 2010-03-26 | 2011-09-28 | 中国移动通信集团公司 | Method, system and device for sending information |
CN103339967A (en) * | 2011-07-11 | 2013-10-02 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Enhanced paging mechanism for machine type communication |
CN103748792A (en) * | 2011-09-01 | 2014-04-23 | 索尼公司 | Communication device, communication method, communication system, and base station |
WO2013070138A1 (en) * | 2011-11-11 | 2013-05-16 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Network node, user equipment and methods therein for transmitting and receiving control information |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN111328463A (en) * | 2017-11-17 | 2020-06-23 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and device |
EP3713326A4 (en) * | 2017-11-17 | 2020-10-21 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication method and device |
CN111328463B (en) * | 2017-11-17 | 2023-03-31 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN105474712B (en) | 2019-05-21 |
CN105474712A (en) | 2016-04-06 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10917845B2 (en) | Method and access node for supporting UE as well as a UE and corresponding method carried out by the UE in a wireless communication system | |
CN108702307B (en) | System and method for user equipment state configuration | |
JP2023053265A (en) | Method for transmitting and receiving signal, network device, and terminal | |
CN107979443B (en) | Wake-up method and device | |
US11653369B2 (en) | Explicit configuration of paging and control channel in system information | |
CN111356230A (en) | Communication method and device | |
CN110944341A (en) | Method performed by user equipment and user equipment | |
CN105165070A (en) | System, program and method for wireless terminal to discover access point | |
EP3457779A1 (en) | Base station, user equipment, and related method | |
CN113228803B (en) | Scheduling transmissions on preconfigured uplink resources | |
WO2018142309A1 (en) | Implicit system information (si) content variation enabling soft combining | |
KR20120038763A (en) | Method and apparatus for reducing access overhead from paged devices in machine to machine communication system | |
WO2019029497A1 (en) | Grant-free resource allocation method and apparatus | |
CN111328130A (en) | Signal receiving method, signal sending method, terminal and network side equipment | |
US20150085731A1 (en) | Method for accessing wireless local area network, and device | |
JP7627222B2 (en) | ALLOCATION OF SECOND UE IDENTITY FOR ADJUSTING PAGING TIMING OF A UE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Patent application | |
WO2015180086A1 (en) | Channel resource configuration method, hibernation control method, relevant device and network | |
EP3133873B1 (en) | Method and apparatus for receiving d2d discovery information | |
WO2014113972A1 (en) | Method for acquiring system message, user equipment, and base station | |
EP3855777A1 (en) | Announcement for application aware scheduling | |
US20220264673A1 (en) | Direct connection communication method and apparatus | |
EP4436303A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus and system based on target wake time | |
WO2018233646A1 (en) | Wake-up method, access point, and station | |
WO2015109521A1 (en) | Coverage enhancement transmission apparatus, system and method for system message | |
CN113163475B (en) | Monitoring method and device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 201480043043.6 Country of ref document: CN |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14893297 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14893297 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |